1653 Mcs Mcs3pservic

HAEMONETICS
Home
MCS®/MCS®+
Mobile Collection System
Service Manual
Contents
Chapter 1, Introduction
Chapter 2, Equipment Description
Chapter 3, Principles of Operation
Chapter 4, Preventive Maintenance
Chapter 5, Installation - MCS Only
Chapter 6, Troubleshooting
Chapter 7, Disassembly
Appendix A, Repair Parts List
Appendix B, Schematics
Haemonetics Corporation Part Number 39811-00

400 Wood Road Rev. −, May 1995
Braintree, MA 02184
Home
CHAPTER 1
Introduction
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
SYSTEM OVERVIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
ADDITIONAL SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Home
® ®+
Chapter 1, Introduction MCS /MCS Service Manual
GENERAL
This service manual provides detailed information about the installation and maintenance of
the MCS® and MCS®+ component collection devices.
The manual contains seven chapters and two appendixes:
Chapter 1, Introduction Describes the organization and function of this service manual.
Chapter 2, Equipment Description Describes and illustrates the hardware used in both the
MCS® and the MCS®+.
Chapter 3, Principles of Operation Describes the built-in test sequences, messages,
sequence of operations, and built-in utilities.
Chapter 4, Preventive Maintenance Describes preventive maintenance and calibration pro-
cedures.
Chapter 5, Installation (MCS® only) Describes installation procedures.
Chapter 6, Troubleshooting Describes each of the CPU- and safety system–generated error
messages and describes detailed troubleshooting steps to resolve the problems.
Chapter 7, Disassembly
• Part A Describes the steps in disassembling the MCS® and its subsystems.
• Part B Describes the steps in disassembling the MCS®+ and its subsystems.
Appendix A, Repair Parts List Provides exploded views of the MCS® and the MCS®+ and
their subsystems, with part numbers and description call-outs. Includes parts list in assembly
outline format for each available repair part or assembly.
Appendix B, Schematics Provides each available MCS® and MCS®+ schematic.
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
The MCS® and MCS®+ provide a variety of component collection and therapeutic protocols.
The MCS®+ is similar to the MCS® in function but is equipped with a third pump, which
allows it to better control the flow of fluid through the spinning centrifuge bowl. Pneumatic
valves are used in the MCS®+ only.
ADDITIONAL SUPPORT
Many factors affect the performance of component collection devices, including the func-
tional integrity of the instrument, the consistency of the disposable set, and the quality of the
blood from the donor.
When the MCS® or MCS®+ is properly calibrated and maintained, the instrument is very reli-
able and predictable and is designed to withstand substantial abuse. There may be times,
however, when a component may fail prematurely, or when damage may occur during
transportation or as the result of fluid contamination.
Haemonetics has made an attempt to predict all possible service scenarios in designing this
manual. There will certainly be situations that were not predicted, and in such cases Hae-
monetics Product Support can be relied upon to provide outstanding service support. Prod-
uct Support can be contacted by the Field Service Hot Line at 1-800-537-2802 or 1-800-
225-5242, extensions 9628 and 9629.
1-2
Home
CHAPTER 2
Equipment Description
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
DISPOSABLE SETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Bacterial Barrier Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Preattached, Ultra-thin-wall Needle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
System Pressure Monitor (SPM) Luer Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Donor Pressure Monitor (DPM) Luer Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Extended Storage Platelet Bag (Platelet Collection Protocols Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Leukoreduction Filter (Platelet Collection Protocols Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Injection Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Presample Pouch (Platelet Collection Protocols Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Biohazard Waste Bag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
INTERNAL HARDWARE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Power Entry Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
AC Input Line Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Card Cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Backplane PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
CPU PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Driver PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Add Valve PCB — MCS®+ Only. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.14
Safety PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Top Deck Distribution Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Centrifuge Distribution PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Home
Chapter 2, Equipment Description MCS®/MCS®+ Service Manual
Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17

Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Donor Flow Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Circuit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Cuff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19
DPM/SPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20
Air Detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
Anticoagulant Air Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
Blood Line Air Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
#1 Donor Line Air Detector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
#2 Donor Line Air Detector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22
Set Point Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23
GL-2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23
Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23
Power Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24
Motor Direction Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24
Safety Card Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24
Pinch Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24
Centrifuge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25
Centrifuge Motor Controller PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26
Photoelectric Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27
2-2
Home
® ®+
Chapter 2, Equipment Description MCS /MCS Service Manual
Vacuum System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28

Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Circuit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Line Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Weigher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Drip Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
2-3
Home
GENERAL
The purpose of this chapter is to describe both the principles of operation and the internal
and external components of the Haemonetics MCS® and MCS®+. For detailed information on
the use of the instrument and installation of the disposable, refer to your machine’s Owner’s
Operating and Maintenance Manual.
The MCS®/MCS®+ is a combination of two subsystems: a disposable set and an electro-

mechanical device. The two subsystems are integrated to perform the component collection
function. The processing of all fluids occurs within the disposable, and the instrument con-
trols the rotation of the disposable bowl and the flow of fluid to and from the disposable
bowl.
DISPOSABLE SETS
System Pressure Monitor Filter Primary Platelet Collection Bag
Latham Processing Bowl

Donor Pressure Monitor Filter
Leukoreduction
Anitcoagulant Bag Spike Filter
Bacterial Barrier Filter Product Sample
Pouch
Preattached
Needle Surge Recirculation
Chamber
Plasma Bag
Donor Sample Pouch
Donor Blood Filter Chamber
Extended Storage Platelet Bags
Figure 2-1, A typical MCS®/MCS®+ disposable set with filter, used for platelet collection
2-4
Home
® ®+
Figure 2-2, Platelet (3-pump) and Platelet/Plasma (3-pump) Disposable Set

(MCS®+ only), L/N 890
Figure 2-3, Fresh Frozen Plasma Disposable Set, L/N 792
2-5
Home
Figure 2-4, Plasma Exchange Disposable Set
Figure 2-5, Mononuclear Cells Disposable Set
2-6
Home
® ®+
Bacterial Barrier Filter (Platelet Collection Sets Only)

This 0.22µ filter is attached to the A/C line of the disposable sets. This filter prevents contam-
inants (that may be present as a result of manual connection of the anticoagulant to the dis-
posable) from passing into the MCS®/MCS®+ set. The filter does not restrict the flow of
anticoagulant.
Note: This filter allows the attachment of the A/C using a spike while still maintaining a function-
ally closed system. It does not affect the extended expiration date of the platelet product.
Preattached, Ultra-thin-wall Needle

This needle prevents contamination of the MCS®/MCS®+ set that could occur from external
sources during the brief period in which a separate needle and the needle adapter are
exposed prior to connection.
Note: If at any time during collection the needle is disconnected from the harness, the life of the
platelet product is reduced to 24 hours.
System Pressure Monitor (SPM) Luer Connector

This element of the disposable sets contains a 0.22µ filter to prevent the infiltration of con-
taminants into the disposable. It is intended to be coupled with the receptor on the SPM to
assist in the monitoring of pressures within the bowl.
Note: If at any time during collection the filter becomes wet, the life of the platelet product is re-
duced to 24 hours.
Donor Pressure Monitor (DPM) Luer Connector

Like the SPM connector, this element of the disposable contains a 0.22µ filter to prevent the
infiltration of potential contaminants into the disposable. It is intended to be coupled with
the receptor on the DPM to assist in the monitoring of pressures within the donor line from
the venipuncture site to the filter.
Note: If at any time during collection the filter becomes wet, the procedure must be terminated
(pressure can no longer be monitored). The product remains a 5-day product.
Extended Storage Platelet Bag

This bag is designed to permit storage of platelet concentrate up to and through five days.
The bag also permits proper transfer of gases in order to maintain suitable storage conditions
for platelets for an extended period of time.
Note: The extended storage bag used in both the Platelet and Platelet/Plasma Protocols has a
1000 ml capacity. This volume assures a sufficient surface area for the transfer of gases
for the expected number of platelets collected during the Platelet and Platelet/Plasma
Protocols.
2-7
Home
Leukoreduction Filter
This filter is an option integrated on the platelet disposable (L/N 790F, 890F, and 894F) to
allow filtration of the platelet product and reduction of white blood cells prior to storage.
Injection Port
The diaphragm injection site on the platelet and therapeutic disposable sets is intended only
for emergency situations requiring administration of fluids or drugs. It is not intended for rou-
tine use.
Presample Pouch
This pouch allows collection of donor blood samples without a separate venipuncture. The
tubing must be clamped before sampling from the pouch and may not be reopened to the
system without compromising extended dating.
Disposable sets for protocols that do not require extended dating may include other ele-
ments and may not include some of the elements listed above.
1. Therapeutic Plasma Exchange (PEX) Disposable. Includes a 5-liter waste bag for plasma
collection and does not include a needle (not needed for catheter use). Offers the option
of medium bowl (225 ml) or low volume bowl (125 ml) kits.
2. Fresh Frozen Plasma (FFP) Disposable. Utilizes a blow-molded plasma bowl with a col-
lection bag attached.
3. Mononuclear Cells Collection (MNC) Disposable. Includes a collection bag for the MNC
product and does not include a needle (not needed for catheter use). Offers the option of
medium bowl (225 ml) or low volume bowl (125 ml) kits.
Biohazard Waste Bag

A biohazard waste bag is attached to the drain port on the centrifuge well. Should there be a
fluid spill in the centrifuge well, this bag captures the fluid as it drains out the port.
Note: A biohazard waste bag should be attached to the centrifuge drain at all times during
machine operation.
Note: The biohazard waste bags provided are not intended for the collection and storage of trans-
fusable products. Haemonetics recommends handling and disposal of these bags, once con-
taminated, pursuant to those policies and procedures dictated by the medical facility’s
Infection Control Plan, as legally required by the OSHA Blood-Borne Pathogen Standard.
2-8
Home
® ®+
INTERNAL HARDWARE
The MCS®/MCS®+ is a microprocessor-controlled device with the features shown in Figures
2-6 and 2-7.
Centrifuge
Anticoagulant Pump
Anticoagulant Air
Detector Display/Membrane
Control Panel
Blood Pump
Donor Pressure Monitor

(DPM)
Optical Line Sensor
Donor Flow
Blood and Indicator Lights
Donor Line
Air Detectors
System Pressure Monitor

(SPM)
Power Entry Module
(on side)
Plasma Bag Weigher Flow Control Pinch Valves
Figure 2-6, MCS® Hardware Components
2-9
Home
Anticoagulant Air Detector

Drip Monitor Centrifuge
Anticoagulant Pump
Recirc Pump
Display/Membrane
Control Panel
Blood Pump
Donor Pressure Monitor Optical Line Sensor

(DPM)
Donor Flow
Indicator Lights
Blood and
Donor Line
Air Detectors System Pressure Monitor
(SPM)
Flow Control Pinch Valves

Plasma Bag Weigher
Figure 2-7, MCS®+ Hardware Components

These features, combined with its internal components, make the MCS ®/MCS®+ a reliable
and convenient component collection device.
Power Entry Module
Figure 2-8, Power Entry Module
2-10
Home
® ®+
Basic Operation
The power entry module consists of a power switch, an AC cord receptacle, and an RFI filter.
AC power is directed to a line filter and finally terminates at the DC power supply. An outer
panel can be pried open from the top which gives access to two input fuses (250V 5A @
110V configuration/2.5A @ 240V configuration). See Figure 2-8.
AC Input Line Filter

Basic Operation
The AC input line filter reduces conducted line emissions to bring the MCS®/MCS®+ into
compliance with FCC and TUV emission standards. These line emissions are generated by
high-frequency signals emanating from the power supply, CPU board, motors, and drive cir-
cuitry, among other components. The line filter also protects the power supply and internal
machine electronics from noise spikes on the AC line. These noise spikes are generated by
various components, such as compressors, during power-on. The noise spikes could cause
erratic machine operation, including resets or operational faults.
Card Cage
Figure 2-9, Card Cage
2-11
Home
Basic Operation
The card cage houses many of the MCS®/MCS®+ printed circuit cards, including the back-
plane card, the CPU card, the driver card, the safety card, and the centrifuge distribution
card. Circuit descriptions are omitted here, but are covered later as the individual circuits are
encountered when describing the MCS®/MCS®+ components. See Figure 2-9.
Backplane PCB
Safety
System
Buzzer
CPU
Beeper
Figure 2-10, Backplane
Basic Operation
The backplane PCB provides the analog and digital communications between the CPU card,
the safety card, the driver card, and the centrifuge distribution card and interfaces the cards
to the rest of the system (the centrifuge distribution card has its own system connections).
The system alarms are located on the backplane card. See Figure 2-10.
CPU PCB
Figure 2-11, CPU Card
2-12
Home
® ®+
Basic Operation
The CPU PCB is an Intel 80C188 microprocessor–based computer. The internal structure of
the processor consists of a 16-bit bus and execution unit with various on-board peripherals,
including an interrupt controller, three timers, a clock generator, and I/O and memory chip
select logic. See Figure 2-11.
The processor has an 8-bit external bus that is buffered before connecting to any of the on-
board devices. This bus, along with the de-multiplexed address bus, are buffered and config-
ured to the IBM PC bus standard for backplane board-to-board communications. A smaller
buffered parallel bus drives the display and keyboard.
The card houses a custom EPROMs which contains the MCS®/MCS®+ operating system.
When a program change occurs, this IC is generally what needs to be replaced. The card
also houses several PAL ICs, the nonvolatile RAM (NVRAM) IC along with its write protect
switch, and the optical system offset potentiometer (R24).
Driver PCB
Figure 2-12, Driver Card
Basic Operation
The main function of the Driver PCB is to interface the CPU card to the following system
components:
• Pump motors
• Pinch valves
• Compressor
• Vacuum pump
• Dump valve
• Centrifuge interface
• Donor lights (MCS®+ only)
• Safety system relays
2-13
Home
Commands written from the CPU are processed on the Driver PCB, and the above compo-
nents are driven by the circuitry contained on the card. The card also serves as an interface
between the feedback signals of the pump, valve, and relay systems to the CPU and safety
cards. See Figure 2-12.
Add Valve PCB — MCS®+ only

The add valve card controls four additional valves. Only three of the four are utilized. The
valve drive and position feedback circuitry are identical to the Drive PCB electronics. The
add valve card communicates to the CPU through the backplane PCB and a ribbon cable
between the backplane card and the add valve PCB.
Safety PCB
Figure 2-13, Safety Card
Basic Operation
The safety PCB is an independent safety monitoring system used to ensure that the MCS®/
MCS®+always operates in a safe state. It accepts direct CPU information as to machine state;
independently verifies the state via the pump encoder and valve feedback signals; tests all
appropriate sensor safety limits, including air detectors as defined for the state; and if a fault
condition is detected, removes power from both the pumps and the valves via relays K1 and
K2 on the Driver PCB; sounds a unique alarm; and provides the CPU with information
describing the problem. See Figure 2-13.
Relay K1 is the safety relay, and it controls the power applied to the pumps. This relay is
opened whenever a fault condition is indicated by the safety system.
Relay K2 controls the power applied to both the valves and the pumps. This relay is opened
whenever a fault condition is indicated by the CPU or safety system.
2-14
Home
® ®+
Top Deck Distribution Board

MCS®
The MCS® top deck distribution board is a passive signal routing board. Two ribbon cables
from this board connect to the backplane card. One cable passes low-level sensor informa-
tion and the other passes valve and motor drive signals. The top deck distribution board is
the interface for the following components mounted on the top deck: blood and A/C motors,
four pinch valves, line sensor, SPM and DPM, A/C and Blood line air detectors, and donor
flow indicators.
MCS®+
The MCS®+ top deck distribution board is also a signal routing board, with the addition of
active electronics. The MCS®+ does not have a front panel distribution board. These func-
tions have been incorporated into the top deck boards. The electronic pinch valves in the
MCS® have been replaced with pneumatic valves on the MCS®+. The top deck board has
drive and regulation circuitry to run the valve compressor along with a manifold to distribute
the pressure to the corresponding valves. The following components are interfaced by the
top deck distribution board: blood, A/C, and recirculation motors; all four air detectors;
donor flow indicators; SPM and DPM; line sensor; cuff pressure sensor; seven pneumatic
valves; pneumatic valve manifold; pneumatic compressor drive; pneumatic valve compres-
sor pressure sensor; and drip monitor.
Centrifuge Distribution PCB
Figure 2-14, Centrifuge Distribution PCB
Basic Operation
The centrifuge distribution card interfaces the vacuum pump, the fans, the pressure switch,
the dump valve, the bowl optics, the spill detector, the centrifuge cover switches, and the
centrifuge power and command signals to the backplane card. Its only active function is the
control of the +48 VDC supply to the centrifuge. The +48 VDC is controlled by relay K1,
which in turn is controlled by the position of the +28 VDC cover switch signal. See Figure
2-14.
2-15
Home
Power Supply
Figure 2-15, Power Supply Assembly
R9 R29
Figure 2-16, Power Supply
Basic Operation
The MCS®/MCS®+ is equipped with a switching power supply that satisfies all power require-
ments of the system. The supply provides five DC voltage levels, which can be measured on
2-16
Home
® ®+
the backplane card at P507 (See table 2-1). Pin 7 is used for ground.
Table 2-1: Voltage levels at P507
Output P507 Voltage Current
1 Pin 8/9 MCS®: + 5.2 + 0.1/– 0.0 MCS®: 3.0 A

MCS®+: +5.15 ± 0.05 MCS®+: 6.9 A
2 Pin 10 + 15.0 ± 0.5 0.5 A
3 Pin 11 – 15.0 ± 0.5 0.5 A
4 Pin 12/13 + 28.0 + 1/– 0.2 3.0 A
5 Pin 14 + 47.0 to + 57.0 3.0 A
Two trim pots are used to adjust the voltage levels. R9, located on the left edge of the printed
circuit card, adjusts the +28 VDC supply, and R29, located to the left of the input fuse,
adjusts the +5 VDC supply. Voltage levels must be set with a maximum load applied; there-
fore, it is recommended that the supply is adjusted only after installation into the
MCS®/MCS+. The supply voltages are preadjusted at the supplier and should require only
minor calibration. All outputs are protected against overload and short circuit. Recovery is
automatic when the fault is removed. See Figures 2-15 and 2-16 for illustrations.
The supply is cooled by a self-mounted fan; this improves the stability of the voltage levels.
Control Panel
Figure 2-17, Control Panel
2-17
Home
Basic Operation
The control panel is the main user/instrument interface. The panel features a pixel display
that provides the MCS®/MCS®+ with powerful display capabilities. Icons and graphs are used
with alphanumeric data to communicate procedural information to the user. The control
panel uses traditional membrane keys that are fluid-proof and easy to use. All keys, except
the pump control keys, have an associated LED that lights up when a key has been pressed.
The control panel is comprised of three main components: a membrane panel, a vacuum
display module, and a display distribution board. The membrane panel is a key matrix mem-
brane mounted to a printed circuit card. The matrix is electrically connected to the display
distribution board. The vacuum display is a display device that receives commands from the
CPU through the display distribution board and generates characters to communicate infor-
mation to the user. The display distribution board coordinates signals between the CPU and
the control panel/vacuum display. The display distribution board manages keyboard and
LED information transfer between the distribution board and the CPU. See Figure 2-17.
Donor Flow Indicators

Basic Operation
The donor flow indicators summarize the donor blood flow condition in Draw and indicate
that the MCS®/MCS®+ is returning blood to the donor. The indicators respond directly to the
actual blood pump speed. Normal flow is indicated when the pump is able to maintain
greater than 2/3 of its programmed speed. (The pumps begin to decrement in speed at a rate
of 5 ml/min/sec if the DPM reading is less than -50 mmHg.) Low flow is indicated when
pump speed has fallen below the 2/3 programmed speed threshold, but the pump is still
turning. No flow is indicated when the pumps have stopped. Return is indicated when the
MCS®/MCS®+ is returning blood to the donor.
Circuit Description
The CPU writes commands to driver board via the bus on the backplane card to turn indica-
tors on or off. On the MCS®, these commands are output through an open collector with
external current limiting resistors, which provide the returns for each LED’s +15 VDC cur-
rent. This output is then connected to the top deck distribution board through the backplane
and ribbon cable. On the MCS®+, the output signals from the driver card are multiplexed,
and additional circuitry on the MCS®+ top deck board demultiplexes the command with an
additional set of currents sinks.
2-18
Home
® ®+
Cuff
Figure 2-18, Cuff Compressor
Basic Operation
The cuff is a rubber bladder that is inflated by an on-board compressor and is used to
increase venous pressure at the needle site during Draw. The cuff pressure can be controlled
and regulated automatically or manually within a range of 0–100 mmHg. The cuff pneu-
matic connection is located on the rear access panel. A pneumatic line directs the cuff pres-
sure generated by a compressor located on the front panel on the MCS®. The compressor
pressure is monitored by a cuff pressure sensor located on the front panel distribution card
and regulated by the CPU card software. On the MCS®+, the cuff pressure sensor is located
on the top deck distribution board. When donor pressure is in the “Low Flow” state, the cuff
toggles between ON and OFF at the rate of once per second (the CUFF key can be used to
disable the toggling). Once the pressure increases beyond this state, the cuff stays in the ON
position. Once the pumps have stopped completely, the cuff stays in the OFF position.
When the desired pressure is attained, the compressor speed is controlled to maintain the
desired pressure level. See Figure 2-18.
Circuit Description
The CPU writes commands to D/A converter located on the driver board. The output voltage
(0–10 VDC) is then multiplied by a factor of two and is switched to the compressor through
a transistor. The actual pressure is read through an op amp on the CPU board from the pres-
sure sensor. The output of the op amp is connected to channel 2 of an 8-channel multiplexer.
The output from the multiplexer is connected to the +VIN input of the sample and hold
amplifier. Its output is connected to AIN of the A/D converter, where the information is used
to control the cuff compressor.
2-19
Home
DPM/SPM
Basic Operation
The donor pressure monitor (DPM) and system pressure monitor (SPM) are pressure trans-
ducer devices used to measure pressure in the disposable set at two key locations. The DPM
measures the pressure, generated by the donor venous pressure enhanced by the use of the
cuff, at the inlet of the MCS®/MCS®+ blood pump. This pressure measurement represents the
donor blood flow and is used to control the pumps in Draw and Return. The SPM measures
pressure at the outlet of the bowl, which is generated by pumping fluids in the bowl and
changing the speed of the centrifuge, such as acceleration or braking. This pressure indicates
whether excessive positive or negative pressure has been generated inside the bowl.
Both monitors have sensors that monitor the position of the white sleeve. The sleeve is
pushed in when the disposable filter is mounted, and the position sensor reports on the posi-
tion of the sleeve to indicate that the filters are properly installed.
Circuit Description
Pressure sensing circuit
A gauge pressure sensor which produces an output of ± 100 mV for an input of ±15 psi is
used to monitor pressure. A ten-volt reference provides excitation voltage, while a differen-
tial amp buffers and scales the sensor output so that ±512 mmHg results in a ±2.4 volt level.
For test purposes, test signals LOW TEST and HIGH TEST are provided. When LOW TEST is
active, a resistor is selected to unbalance the bridge sensor, providing the equivalent of a -
150 mmHg pressure input. When the HIGH TEST is active, a second resistor provides the
unbalance, providing the equivalent of a +390 mmHg pressure input.
The two pressure signals are read into the CPU board through the top deck distribution
board and backplane. The input is fed through an op amp to a dual 4-to-1 analog multi-
plexer, and then fed to the 8-to-1 channel multiplexer channels 3 and 4. The output from the
multiplexer is connected to the +VIN input of the sample and hold amplifier. Its output is
connected to AIN of the A/D converter, where the information is used to control the pump
speed (DPM input), or to respond to a bowl system over pressure (SPM input).
Both sleeve position circuits
Hall effect sensors detect the magnetic field of a magnet mounted on the sliding filter sleeve.
When the sleeve is extended, the interlock signals measure +5 VDC. When the sleeve is
depressed and the hall effect sensors detect the magnetic field, the interlock signal is pulled
to ground. Donor pressure interlock 1 and 2 and bowl pressure interlock 1 and 2 are pulled
up by a resistor network, then isolated through a second resistor network, buffered, and
finally read into the CPU via an I/O port.
DPM sleeve position circuit only
The donor pressure monitor sleeve position sensor is also monitored by the safety card. The
signal is pulled up to +5 V through a 10 K resistor. The signal is split, isolated, buffered, and
ultimately monitored by the safety circuitry. When the interlock indicates that the filter is not
mounted, a one-second timer is started (to allow the CPU a chance to report the condition).
If time-out occurs, the safety card opens the safety relays and reports the safety system fault.
2-20
Home
® ®+
Air Detectors
Basic Operation
The MCS®/MCS®+ uses four ultrasonic air detectors to control its operation. Each air detector
is strategically located to monitor key fluid paths to facilitate proper operation or provide
redundant donor safety. A key feature is the test signal, which allows the computer to test the
ability of the air detector to sense air. Previous designs required the air detector to be empty
of fluid-filled tubing during the start-up system tests. The test signal provides the ability to
turn off the transmitting crystal in the sensing head without removing power from the receiv-
ing crystal, simulating the removal of fluid-filled tubing.
Anticoagulant Air Detector

The anticoagulant air detector monitors the anticoagulant supply. If the anticoagulant supply
is depleted, this air sensor will indicate the condition.
Blood Line Air Detector

The blood line air detector (BLAD) monitors the tubing between the blood pump and the
donor valve. In Draw, the detection of fluid in the tubing triggers the volume accounting
function to begin (to exclude pumped air from the total volume processed). In Return, the
detection of air in the tubing triggers the end of the Return cycle (although additional volume
is pumped to return the greatest quantity of red cells to the donor).
#1 Donor Line Air Detector

The #1 donor line air detector monitors the tubing between the #2 donor line air detector
and the donor. This sensor backs up the #2 donor line air detector and should only detect air
if the blood line and #2 donor line air detectors fail to. In Prime, the detection of fluid in the
tubing triggers the completion of Prime.
#2 Donor Line Air Detector

The #2 donor line air detector monitors the tubing between the filter chamber and the #1
donor line air detector. This sensor backs up the blood line air detector and should only
detect air if the blood line air detector fails to.
Circuit Description
The air detect signals are independently monitored by both the CPU and the safety card. The
signal is +5 VDC when the air detector senses fluid, and is pulled to ground when sensing
air.
The four air detector signals (A/C AIR DET, BLD AIR DET, 1 DNR AIR DET, and 2 DNR AIR
DET) are pulled down by a resistor network, then buffered, and read into the CPU by an I/O
port. These signals are also latched on board and read by a second I/O port.
The safety card monitors three of the air detector signals: anticoagulant, #1 donor, and
#2 donor. These signals are split into two isolated channels and are terminated to ground. If
any of the detectors are not connected, the input signals indicate air.
2-21
Home
The presence of air is registered if any of the following conditions exist:
1. Air in A/C air detector in Draw state.

2. Air in #1 donor line air detector in Return state.
3. Air in #2 donor line air detector in Return state.
Two one-second timers will be started whenever air is present. If time-out occurs, the corre-
sponding faults will be presented to the fault registers and the procedure will be aborted by
opening the relays. All three air signals will be latched for reporting purposes.
Pumps
Figure 2-19, Pumps
Basic Operation
The MCS® uses two peristaltic pumps to move blood and anticoagulant through the dispos-
able. The pump/tubing system is designed to pump approximately one ml per revolution and
is capable of pumping up to 250 ml/min (blood pump). The anticoagulant pump turns 1/8 to
1/16 the speed of the blood pump, depending on the ratio selected. The MCS®+ is equipped
with an additional pump used during Surge and to return plasma in the three-pump proto-
cols.
2-22
Home
® ®+
The anticoagulant pump delivers anticoagulant from the anticoagulant bag to the inlet side
of the donor/patient harness during A/C prime, mixing the anticoagulant with the whole
blood flowing from the donor. This pump moves only during Prime and Draw.
In Draw, the blood pump pulls anticoagulated whole blood through the filter chamber of the
disposable set and pumps it into the bowl located within the centrifuge. During Surge and
the plasma transfer phase of Return, the blood pump draws plasma out of the plasma bag
and pumps it into the bowl. In Return, the blood pump delivers the uncollected components
back to the donor.
The third pump of the MCS®+, the surge pump, pulls plasma from the plasma bag of the dis-
posable set and pumps it into the bowl located within the centrifuge. The tubing from the
blood pump and the surge pump join into one line entering the bowl.
Each pump rotor has two urethane pumping rollers and two plastic alignment rollers. The
pumping rollers occlude the tubing against the pump rotor housing, while the alignment roll-
ers keep the tubing centered on the pumping rollers.
The pump motor is a DC brush type equipped with a 500-line quadrature encoder for speed
feedback. The CPU transmits the desired pump rate and direction to the driver card. The
driver card compares this information with that received from the encoder and adjusts the
motor’s drive level, using pulse width modulation, to compensate for error. This feedback
circuit eliminates the need to adjust the pump speed, and no provisions are made for pump
speed adjustment.
Circuit Description
All three pump circuits function identically for the MCS® and the MCS®+. The circuit descrip-
tion refers to the blood pump circuit on the MCS®.
Set Point Interface

The pumps are controlled using step and direction digital input signals. The step signals, M1
and M2, are derived from a 2-MHz reference clock using the programmable counters of
U70. The direction signals are obtained from data bits by U65. The step and direction signals
are optically isolated by U56, conditioned, and then applied to the GL-1200 controller U61.
GL-1200
This controller IC uses the pulses from U56 and the buffered encoder feedback signals of +5
VDC to calculate the position error (the difference between the desired and actual position).
This error is processed by the GL-1200 to produce three TTL outputs: MC, SD1, and SD2.
MC is a PWM position error signal. SD1 and SD2 are logic signals that represent the deriva-
tive of the position error.
Compensation
U30 is used to sum and shape the position and derivative outputs of the GL-1200 in order to
implement a PD (proportional and derivative) control system.
2-23
Home
Power Amplifier
The motor power stage is implemented with an L292 PWM driver, U12. This driver is capa-
ble of supplying ±2.25 A to the motor. To insure reliability, the heat sink temperature is mea-
sured and compared to a 90 degree Celsius threshold by U13 and U23. The CPU monitors
the compare signal and can respond to an overheating condition.
Motor Direction Verification

U36, U39, U44, and U61 process the encoder feedback from both channels to indepen-
dently verify pump direction.
Safety Card Monitor

The safety card independently monitors the encoder feedback signals to sense inappropriate
motor movement or direction and to track extracorporeal volume (ECV) limits.
Pinch Valves
Figure 2-20, Pinch valves
Basic Operation
The MCS® uses four occlusive valves to control the flow of air/fluid through the disposable
set. The MCS®+ is equipped with seven valves to accommodate its additional protocols. The
MCS® valves are controlled by spring-loaded solenoids. (See Figure 2-20.) A spring closes
the valve, occluding the tubing, and the activated solenoid opens the valve and the tubing
path. Each solenoid has a microswitch, mounted to its base, that indicates the valve position.
Some valves can be manually controlled by keys on the membrane panel. All valves can be
manually opened with a button plunger. However, manual operation of the valves during
normal operation will result in errors.
The seven valves used by the MCS®+ are controlled by the CPU board via the pneumatic
assembly. Air generated by a compressor is distributed from the assembly, through solenoids
and pneumatic tubing, to the individual valves, causing them to open or shut. On the
MCS®+, the valves V3, V4, and V5 can be manually controlled using keys on the membrane
panel.
On the MCS®, the donor valve controls fluid flow from the donor to the bowl, or vice versa.
The surge valve controls fluid flow from the plasma bag to the bowl. The plasma valve con-
trols fluid flow from the bowl to the plasma bag. The platelet valve controls fluid flow from
the bowl to the platelet bag(s).
2-24
Home
® ®+
Circuit Description (MCS®)

The driver board receives and latches valve commands sent by the processor. These com-
mand signals are optically isolated from the valve drive circuitry. The signals are then fed to
the valve driver’s ICs. The valves operate in two current states referred to as a high current
and a low current. Two voltage levels determine the amount of current applied to the sole-
noid. The voltage levels sent to the solenoid driver ICs are based on the position of the sole-
noid mounted microswitch. High current is applied to engage the solenoid. The current is
switched low after the microswitch indicates that the solenoid has engaged. The +5 VDC
microswitch signals are debounced, buffered, and optically isolated through an I/O port to
provide the valve position information to the CPU. The high current is set to 2.5 A, and the
low current is set to 0.35 A. The current state is also available for the CPU to read through an
I/O port.
Circuit Description (MCS®+)

The pneumatic pinch valves for the MCS®+ are controlled with the same basic electronics as
the MCS® but utilize a Hall Effect-type electronics to determine valve position. The add valve
PCB includes the additional circuitry needed to control valves V5, V6, and V7.
Centrifuge
Figure 2-21, Centrifuge
Basic Operation
The MCS®/MCS®+ uses a sophisticated centrifuge assembly that offers key operational fea-
tures. The centrifuge cover halves are gear coupled and hinged to provide exceptional
access to the centrifuge well. The cover halves also secure the bowl header in place. A pair
of microswitches report on the position of the cover latch mechanism. The bowl optics lens
used to monitor the cell separation is mounted in the centrifuge well, as is a fluid sensor used
2-25
Home
to detect moisture. Bowl mounting is accomplished with a vacuum system that firmly holds
the bowl base to the centrifuge spindle. Vacuum leaks caused by a faulty or failed centrifuge
rotary seal can be corrected with the seal replacement kit (P/N 37210-00). Excellent drain-
age is provided in the event of a fluid spill, which terminates in a disposable waste bag. The
centrifuge speed is controllable from 3000 rpm to 5100 rpm (up to 6000 rpm in the MCS+).
See Figure 2-21.
The centrifuge motor is controlled by a centrifuge motor control PCB, discussed later in this
chapter. The optics lens is optically connected to a photoelectric device, also discussed later
in this chapter.
Circuit Description
Cover latch switch
One microswitch controls a +15 VDC signal, and the other microswitch controls a +28 VDC
signal. The +28 VDC signal is used by the centrifuge distribution card to energize a relay,
which directly controls the +48 VDC centrifuge drive source. Both signals are then optically
isolated and monitored on the CPU card through an I/O port.
Fluid sensor
Figure 2-22, Fluid sensor

The +10 VDC fluid sensor signal is isolated by a resistor, buffered, and read through an I/O
port on the CPU card. See Figure 2-22.
Centrifuge Motor Controller PCB

Basic Operation
The centrifuge motor controller PBC drives the centrifuge motor at various speeds, based on
the analog voltage input and the enable signal. The centrifuge has a tachometer feedback
system, which is used by the centrifuge motor controller PCB and the CPU to monitor the
2-26
Home
® ®+
actual speed of the centrifuge spindle. The centrifuge motor controller PCB is capable of dis-
abling its output if it detects an overspeed.
Circuit Description
The CPU writes commands to the D/A on the driver card. The output voltage (0–10 VDC) is
then buffered and applied to the motor controller input. The CPU also writes commands to
the driver card to generate the enable signal.
The tachometer pulses (two per revolution) are optically isolated and fed to a counter on the
drive board which can be read by the CPU.
Photoelectric Assembly
Basic Operation
The optical system places a 0.1 inch diameter beam of 650 nM light in the space between
the inner core and outer shell of the bowl. The optic beam is set at a specific elevation and
angle to the bowl, causing light to be reflected from the bowl surfaces back to the optic lens.
The reflected light is transformed to an analog voltage and presented to the CPU. The
reflected light is used to determine when to initiate various events based on the fluid and cel-
lular levels in the bowl.
The system consists of three components:
1. Photoelectric assembly
This electro-optical device modulates a red LED to create a light source at 650 nM. This light
source is carried to the optic aiming module by a bifurcated fiber-optic cable. A photosensi-
tive transistor is positioned to look at the returned light. The resulting electrical difference is
amplified and presented as an analog signal output that is used by the CPU.
2. Optic aiming module

The optic aiming module houses one end of a bifurcated fiber-optic cable, a mirror, and a
lens to focus the light to and from the bowl surfaces. The aiming module is housed in the
centrifuge well, and its position is adjustable to provide optic alignment capability.
3. Fiber-optic cable
A randomized bifurcated glass fiber-optic cable is used to transmit the light produced in the
photoelectric device to the optic aiming module and to return the reflected light back to the
photoelectric device.
Circuit Description
The optic signal generated by the photoelectric device ranges from 0 to +10 volts DC. The
signal is fed to the bowl optic op amp buffer circuit on the CPU card. The op amp buffer
halves the optic voltage signal to 0 to +5 volts DC, where it is then multiplexed. R24 adjusts
the offset voltage on the bowl optic buffer output. The MUX output is sampled by a sample
and hold and then input to the A/D converter, which presents the optic information to the
data bus.
The combination of the op amp, optics cable, and optics assembly can produce an allow-
2-27
Home
able DC voltage offset up to one volt DC. An offset null circuit is provided on the CPU board
(shown on the schematic). The combination of trimpot R24 and Jumper E1 are used to null
out the optics offset. The output range of the photoelectric assembly is 0 to 10 volts DC, with
a maximum allowable DC offset of one volt. The buffer circuit halves the input voltage
through an op amp. Therefore, the optics output range presented to the A/D converter is 0 to
5 volts DC, with a maximum offset of 0.5 volts DC.
With Jumper E1 installed, a negative voltage is summed with the 0 to 5 volts DC input optics
voltage to null the offset. The range of negative offset that is summed with the optics signal is
between -0.025 to -0.75 volts. If the offset of the op amp is less than 0.025 volts, a negative
offset would be presented to the A/D converter. In this case, Jumper E1 should be removed;
this will remove the summation of the negative offset voltage.
Vacuum System
Basic Operation
The vacuum system is used to secure the bowl to the centrifuge spindle. The system consists
of a vacuum pump that generates approximately -10 to -13.5 psi, a vacuum threshold
switch, an electrical dump valve, a manual pressure bleed valve, an air filter, and the centri-
fuge spindle. The vacuum pump circuit is enabled by the CPU when the bowl optic system
detects an empty bowl placed on the centrifuge chuck. The vacuum threshold switch closes
when -9 ±-1 psi is generated in the vacuum system, indicating that the bowl is securely
seated on the centrifuge chuck. The electrical dump valve releases the vacuum from the sys-
tem when the bowl needs to be removed from the centrifuge. The manual pressure bleed
valve is used to manually relieve the vacuum from the system. The replaceable air filter pre-
vents airborne contaminants from entering the vacuum system from the centrifuge. The cen-
trifuge chuck contains a hydrophobic filter which prevents fluid from entering the vacuum
system. If fluid does manage to enter, the system is designed to evacuate any fluid to the cen-
trifuge spill containment system by pumping it through the vacuum pump.
Circuit Description
Power to the vacuum pump is controlled by writing commands from the CPU on the driver
card, which controls a current sink IC. Whenever the output of the current sink is low, +24
VDC is applied to the pump motor.
Power to the dump valve is controlled by writing commands to the driver card, which con-
trols a current sink IC. Whenever the output of the current sink is low, +24 VDC is applied to
the dump valve solenoid.
The vacuum pressure switch signal is optically isolated on the CPU card and pulled up to +5
VDC before being connected to an I/O port.
2-28
Home
® ®+
Line Sensor
Basic Operation
The line sensor is an optic system used to monitor the fluid exiting the bowl through the
effluent line during Draw and Surge of the Platelets and Platelet/Plasma Protocols. (Surge is
an elutriation process where collected plasma is pumped into the bowl at a high flow rate,
causing the accumulated platelets to evacuate the bowl.) The line sensor signal, which gen-
erally measures the density of the fluid, indicates the platelet concentration of the effluent
fluid. As the concentration increases, the density increases and the signal voltage decreases.
This information is used to control the pump speed during Surge to optimize the platelet col-
lection and to determine when to end Surge.
During the Fresh Frozen Plasma Protocol, the operator can set the line sensor trip % param-
eter to modify the purity of the plasma product. The higher the percentage, the earlier the
valves will close upon sensing a change in the plasma density denoting platelets. The param-
eter range is 30%–95%; the default is 70%.
During the Mononuclear Cells Protocol, the line sensor is used to take a line sensor refer-
ence after the bowl optics detect the plasma/buffy coat interface. When the sensor detects
the “collection threshold” (as specified by the protocol modifiable parameters), the MCS®/
MCS®+ begins collecting mononuclear cells. This continues until the sensor detects the “end
collection threshold” value.
The light from a red LED is transmitted through a diffuser lens, which is located in the tubing
channel of the line sensor case. When the effluent tubing is inserted into the line sensor, the
diffuser lens directs the light through the tubing walls. A second diffuser lens is located
directly opposite the transmitting lens, which picks up the transmitted light. The receiver lens
directs the transmitted light to a photoelectric detector, which converts the light to an electri-
cal signal. As the amount of received light increases, the line sensor signal also increases.
Circuit Description
The line sensor output signal can range from 0 to +10 VDC but normally ranges from 0 to +8
VDC. The signal is fed to the op amp buffer circuit on the CPU card. The op amp halves the
line sensor voltage signal to 0 to +5 VDC, where it is then multiplexed. The MUX output is
sampled by a sample hold and then input to the A/D converter, which presents the optic
information to the data bus.
Weigher
Basic Operation
The weigher is a load cell device used to measure the plasma bag weight. The weigher sig-
nal is used to calculate the actual volume collected in the plasma bag (used in determining
the plasma volume to be used in the Return and for collection purposes).
2-29
Home
® ®+
Circuit Description
The load cell bridge uses a +10 VDC excitation voltage to produce a differential feedback
signal of 0 to 30 mV. The differential is then connected to an instrumentation amp bridge cir-
cuit, which amplifies the signal to 0 to 5 VDC. The signal is filtered, multiplexed, sampled,
and then fed into the A/D converter.
Drip Monitor
Basic Operation
The drip monitor is an added feature to the MCS®+ that tells the operator that anticoagulant
is flowing.
Circuit Description
The drip monitor is a hardware module that mounts onto the left side of the MCS®+. It pro-
vides an independent means of verifying anticoagulant (A/C) flow.
The drip monitor contains a vertical channel that has an open slot in front and two opposing
windows on the sides. Outside one window is an Infrared (IR) Emitter, and outside the other
is an (IR) Detector. Energy transmitted from the Emitter passes through the first window and
into the channel. After crossing the channel, this energy passes through the second window
and is collected by the IR Detector. Anytime an object interrupts the IR signal a single output
pulse is generated.
In normal operation an A/C drip chamber (part of the disposable) is inserted into the drip
channel. Whenever A/C flows properly, drops are created and forced to travel through the IR
Emitter/Detector sensing axis. In this situation, the drip monitor will output one pulse per
drop and the CPU can verify flow by counting the number of pulses per unit time.
2-1
Home
CHAPTER 3
Principles of Operation
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
SYSTEM START-UP TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
RAM Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
CPU Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Screen Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
MCS®/MCS®+ System Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
ROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Air Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Analog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Procedure Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Safety PCB Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Watchdog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Low Pressure/High Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
CH1 State/CH2 State. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
CH1/CH2 Air Sensor State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
CH1 Time Base/CH2 Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Vacuum System Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Centrifuge Cover Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
UTILITIES MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
A/D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Centrifuge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Safety System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
ROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Weigher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Home
Chapter 3, Principles of Operation — Table of Contents MCS®/MCS®+ Service Manual
Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35
Centrifuge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35
Donor Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36
Transducers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36
Air Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38
THE MCS®: APPLICATION MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42
Procedure Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42
Protocol Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42
Prime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-43
Membrane Panel Key Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-45
Ready. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46
Modify Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46
Protocol Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-49
PLP & SDP Protocol/Draw Cycle Sequence of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-49
THE MCS®+: APPLICATION MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Recovery Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-52
Quick Recovery Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-54
Protocol Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-54
Prime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-55
Membrane Panel Key Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-57
Ready. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-59
Modify Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-59
Protocol Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-64
Single Donor Platelets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-64
Fresh Frozen Plasma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-70
3-2
Home
Chapter 3, Principles of Operation — General MCS®/MCS®+ Service Manual
GENERAL
The MCS®/MCS®+ operates in three modes: system start-up test mode, application mode,
and utilities mode. The system start-up test mode is executed automatically when the MCS®/
MCS®+ is powered on. It consists of hidden and displayed system tests that test the viability
of the computer functions and the safety system. The application mode is executed immedi-
ately after successful completion of the system start-up self-tests. During the application
mode, as its name implies, the MCS®/MCS®+ performs its function as a blood processing sys-
tem. The utilities mode requires user intervention to execute. Utilities provides a means to
calibrate the computer to each of the individual peripherals. It also includes testing and diag-
nostic features useful in qualifying the MCS®/MCS®+ integrity or troubleshooting system fail-
ures.
Error messages and codes are scattered throughout the operating system. Errors can be
detected by either the CPU/operating system or by the safety system. Most errors can and
will be detected by the CPU before the safety system intervenes; however, there are some
errors that can only be detected by the safety system. CPU error messages have a message
describing the type of error detected, with an associated two- or three-digit code, such as in
the following example:
LINE SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO LOW

CODE = 50
PLEASE POWER OFF.
PRESS YES FOR PROCEDURE STATS
Safety system error messages are displayed in the following format:
SAFETY SYSTEM FAULT DETECTION

COMMAND: XXXXH
CHANNEL1 CHANNEL 2
FAULT: XXXXH XXXXH
CRITICAL : XXXXH XXXXH
PLEASE RECORD THESE VALUES

The hexadecimal command, fault, and critical codes are valuable for diagnosing the prob-
lem. Record these values!
3-3
Home
Chapter 3, Principles of Operation — System Start-Up Tests MCS®/MCS®+ Service Manual
SYSTEM START-UP TESTS

The system start-up tests are defined in the order they are executed. The function of the test is
defined, and any visual or audible signs that the test is occurring are described. If the test
fails, a visual or audible indication of failure is described. If any system test fails, no further
testing is executed.
RAM Test
At power on, the system RAM is tested for its ability to retain data. A high frequency tone is
generated during the test, which lasts approximately two seconds. If the test fails, the tone
will continuously be generated.
CPU Test
The CPU opcodes and registers are functionally tested. No indications are given that the test
is being conducted. If the test fails, the following message is displayed:
CPU OPERATION ERROR

CODE = 4
PLEASE POWER OFF.
Screen Test
The screen test is a diagnostic tool. The system cannot determine if the display pixels are
functioning properly. Instead, all display pixels are illuminated for two seconds. During illu-
mination, any pixels that are not lit are easily identifiable signaling a display problem. After
the pixels are illuminated, a full character set is displayed for two seconds. A scrambled
character set indicates a problem interpreting data from the CPU.
!#%&”()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?
@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ{\}^_
`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~
MCS®/MCS®+ System Tests

The MCS®/MCS®+ system tests begin after the RAM and CPU (and display) have been certi-
fied as fully functional. The test names are displayed in a group resembling a chart and are
listed in the order they occur. The tests displayed in the left column are system and periph-
eral tests, and the tests displayed in the right column are safety system tests. A symbol is dis-
played to the right of the test names to show progress of the testing sequence. Before a test
begins, an asterisk (*) is displayed. When the test is in progress, the asterisk is replaced with
a pumping bar icon. After the test is completed, the pumping bar icon is replaced with a P if
the test passed or an F if the test failed.
When a test passes, the next test automatically begins. If a test fails, the system test sequence
stops. An error message is displayed that provides important diagnostic information useful in
determining the cause of the test failure. An error tone is generated at a rate of twice per sec-
ond. The option is presented to press the “YES” key to toggle the error display and the cur-
3-4
Home
rent procedure statistics (volume processed values, etc.). This information is not really useful
during the system test sequence but would be if the error occurred during the application
mode.
MCS®/MCS®+ system and peripheral tests:
MCS/MCS+ SYSTEM TESTS
ROM * WATCHDOG *
CALIBRATION * LOW PRESSURE *
CONFIG * HIGH PRESSURE *
PROTOCOLS * CH1 STATE *
AIR SENSORS * CH2 STATE *
ANALOG * CH1 TIME BASE *
VALVES * CH2 TIME BASE *
ROM
A Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) is computed from the program code and compared with
a value stored in the program code to validate the program code integrity. If the program
code has changed, the CRC will not match the value stored in the code and the test will fail.
The following error message will be displayed.
ROM TEST FAILURE

CODE = 5
PLEASE POWER OFF.
Calibration
A CRC of the calibration variables is computed from the calibration value stored in NVRAM
and compared to the CRC stored in the NVRAM, which was computed when the calibration
variables were set. If the calibration variables have changed since the calibration values
were set or if the CRC value stored in the NVRAM has changed, the computed CRC will not
match the stored CRC, and the test will fail. The following error message will be displayed.
CALIBRATION CRC FAILURE

CODE = 7
PLEASE POWER OFF.
Configuration
A CRC of the configuration variables is computed from the configuration value stored in
NVRAM and compared to the CRC stored in the NVRAM, which was computed when the
3-5
Home
configuration variables were set. If the configuration variables have changed since the cali-
bration values were set or if the CRC value stored in the NVRAM has changed, the computed
CRC will not match the stored CRC, and the test will fail. The following error message will
be displayed.
CONFIGURATION CRC FAILURE

CODE = 52
PLEASE POWER OFF.
Protocols
A CRC of the protocol variables is computed from the protocol value stored in NVRAM and
compared to the CRC stored in the NVRAM, which was computed when the protocol vari-
ables were set. If the protocol variables have changed since the protocol values were set, or
if the CRC value stored in the NVRAM has changed, the computed CRC will not match the
stored CRC, and the test will fail.
No error code is associated with a protocol CRC failure. The protocol variables automati-
cally reset to their default values. (Protocol variables are user modifiable options that are
protocol specific, and are accessed by using the MODIFY PROGRAM key during the appli-
cation mode.) The following error message will be displayed.
THE PROTOCOL PARAMETERS HAVE

RESET TO THEIR ORIGINAL VALUES
PLEASE REPROGRAM IF NECESSARY
IN THE READY MODE
PRESS YES TO CONTINUE
Air Sensors
Each air sensor output signal is polled to test for an air signal (output is TTL low). If a signal is
measured as fluid (TTL high), a test line is activated on the air sensor which disables the
transmitter crystal and the signal is again polled for an air signal. If the signal is still TTL high,
the test will fail. One or more of the following error messages will be displayed.
AIR DETECTOR FAULT: [ACAD]

CODE = 509
PLEASE POWER OFF.
AIR DETECTOR FAULT: [BLAD]

CODE = 510
PLEASE POWER OFF.
3-6
Home

AIR DETECTOR FAULT: [DLAD1]
CODE = 511
PLEASE POWER OFF.
AIR DETECTOR FAULT: [DLAD2]

CODE = 512
PLEASE POWER OFF.
Analog
The analog tests focus on the analog to digital converter and the MCS®/MCS®+ peripherals
that use transducers, load cells, and optics that have offsets. These tests are titled A/D Con-
verter, DPM and SPM Offset, Weigher Offset, Cuff Offset, CPU Relay, and Line Sensor.
A/D converter
The system analog to digital (A/D) converter and multiplexer are tested by applying known
voltages, representing 20%, 50%, and 80% of the expected input range, to its inputs, and
measuring its output. Only the donor pressure monitor (DPM) and system pressure monitor
(SPM) channels are tested.
Note: Both the A/D converter and the multiplexer are located on the CPU PCB.
If the DPM and SPM are not exposed to ambient pressure, the transducer signals may affect
tests later in the sequence. So before testing the A/D converter, the DPM and SPM interlock
switches are polled to check for a loaded disposable filter. If an interlock signal indicates a
loaded disposable filter, one of the following messages will be displayed and a warning beep
will sound once per second.
PLEASE CLAMP THE DPM LINE AND

DISCONNECT THE FILTER
PLEASE CLAMP THE SPM LINE AND

If the filter is not removed within fifty seconds, the interlock will be presumed defective and
the test will fail.
DPM FILTER INTERLOCK FAILURE

CODE = 507
PLEASE POWER OFF.
3-7
Home
SPM FILTER INTERLOCK FAILURE

CODE = 502
PLEASE POWER OFF.

CODE = 504
PLEASE POWER OFF.
If the A/D converter fails one of its tests, one of the following messages will be displayed:
DPM FAILED 20% ANALOG TEST

CODE = 10
PLEASE POWER OFF.

CODE = 10
PLEASE POWER OFF.

CODE = 10
PLEASE POWER OFF.
SPM FAILED 20% ANALOG TEST

CODE = 11
PLEASE POWER OFF.
3-8
Home

CODE = 11
PLEASE POWER OFF.

CODE = 11
PLEASE POWER OFF.
DPM and SPM offset

The DPM and SPM transducer offsets are measured and compared to a range acceptable for
ambient pressure (1902–2194 digital units). If the measured offset is greater than the accept-
able range, the test will fail. One of the following error messages will be displayed.
DPM OUT OF TOLERANCE

CODE = 514
PLEASE POWER OFF.
SPM OUT OF TOLERANCE

CODE = 515
PLEASE POWER OFF.
On the MCS®+, you may also see the following displays:

CODE = 507
PLEASE POWER OFF.

CODE = 502
PLEASE POWER OFF.
3-9
Home

CODE = 504
PLEASE POWER OFF.
Weigher offset
The weigher load cell offset is measured, and if the measured value is 125 digital units or
higher, a warning message is displayed requesting that all weight be removed from the
weigher (disposable, etc.).
REMOVE ALL WEIGHT FROM WEIGHER
If the offset remains above 125 digital units for more than fifty seconds, the load cell is pre-
sumed defective. The following error message will be displayed.
WEIGHER OUT OF TOLERANCE

CODE = 517
PLEASE POWER OFF.
Cuff offset
The cuff pressure transducer offset is measured, and if the measured value is 190 digital units
or higher, a warning message is displayed, requesting that the cuff be disconnected from the
rear panel.
REMOVE THE CUFF FROM THE SYSTEM
If the offset remains above 190 digital units for more than fifty seconds, the cuff transducer is
presumed defective. The following error message will be displayed.
CUFF OUT OF TOLERANCE

CODE = 516
PLEASE POWER OFF.
CPU relay
The CPU relay is toggled from a closed state to an open state several times, while the relay
feedback is monitored. If a relay contact does not change states as expected within two sec-
onds of the command, the relay is presumed defective. One of the following error messages
will be displayed.
Note: The CPU relay is located on the driver PCB.
3-10
Home
CPU RELAY OPENING FAILURE

CODE = 702
PLEASE POWER OFF.
CPU RELAY CLOSING FAILURE

CODE = 701
PLEASE POWER OFF.
Line sensor
The line sensor signal is measured, and if the measured signal is less than 2252 or greater
than 3890 digital units, a warning message is displayed requesting removal of the disposable
tubing, or suggesting that the line sensor may need to be cleaned.
LINE SENSOR MAY HAVE A BLOCKAGE

PLEASE REMOVE TUBING OR
CLEAN LINE SENSOR
PRESS YES TO CONTINUE.
If the signal is still less than 2252 after pressing YES, the line sensor is presumed defective.

CODE = 50
PLEASE POWER OFF.
If the signal is still greater than 3890 after pressing YES, the line sensor is presumed defective.
LINE SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO HIGH

CODE = 51
PLEASE POWER OFF.
3-11
Home
DPM and SPM initialization

Although not a test, it is important to know that the DPM and SPM offset values are mea-
sured once again, and the values are stored in NVRAM. These values are used to calculate
actual pressure at the DPM or SPM during the application.
Procedure Recovery
Procedure recovery — MCS®
This also is not a test, but is embedded in the system start-up test sequence. Procedure recov-
ery allows for the recovery from an unplanned procedure termination (because of a power
failure, etc.).
All the system variables (system offsets for the weigher, cuff, SPM, and DPM) that are set dur-
ing system start-up, and all volumes and calculations used throughout the procedure (vol-
ume processed, anticoagulant used, and platelets collected) are stored in NVRAM and
updated every five seconds. Procedure recovery makes this information available during sys-
tem restart, so the procedure can essentially resume where it left off.
A procedure is considered complete when the message “PROCEDURE COMPLETE” is dis-

played. A procedure is complete when a) the processed volume matches (or is within 50% of
the average per cycle volume of) the programmed processed volume, or b) the number of
cycles matches the programmed number of passes, and the full contents of the bowl has
been returned to the donor. “PROCEDURE COMPLETE” is displayed, followed by the proce-
dure statistics, and a procedure complete flag is set in the computer.
If the computer does not have a procedure complete flag set during the start-up poll, then the
NVRAM contents are examined and the recovery data CRC is calculated and compared to
the value stored along with the data. If the calculated CRC does not match the stored CRC,
then the data is presumed corrupt. The following error message will be displayed.
MCS PROCEDURE RECOVERY

NO RECOVERY DATA AVAILABLE
If the data is viable, the option to restore the procedure is presented.

PRESS NO TO RESTORE PROCEDURE
PRESS YES TO START A NEW PROC.
If a procedure is restored, the start-up test and other sequence of events are significantly
altered. The valve test is not executed since it could cause blood components to enter pro-
hibited tubing paths. Also the disposable load sequence and prime sequence is skipped
since it’s presumed the disposable is loaded and has already been primed. If a new proce-
dure is started, then the system start-up tests continue unaltered, as if the procedure com-
plete flag had been set.
3-12
Home
Procedure Recovery — MCS®+

After the completion of the ANALOG tests, which end with the initialization of the DPM and
SPM, the MCS®+ procedure recovery data will be tested to determine if the previous proce-
dure was completed successfully. The MCS®+ recovery procedure provides the user with the
ability to restore the MCS ®+ from a shutdown state. In the event the MCS®+ either shuts
down by itself or the unit is switched off during a procedure, recovery data will be available
for restarting the MCS®+ and either continuing with a procedure or restarting the MCS®+ for
a new procedure. During the operation of a procedure, critical system data (such as volume
processed, ACAD used, platelets collected, modifiable parameters and system offsets for the
weigher, cuff, SPM, and DPM) are saved every five seconds and stored to NVRAM. The sys-
tem data is stored in two copies. The first copy is the most recent system sample; the second
copy is one sample period behind the first copy. Both have CRC16s that are stored along
with the data each time the system data is sampled. The recovery data is stored twice in case
the system shuts down during the update of recovery data in NVRAM. When the MCS®+ is
powered on again, recovery data copies #1 and #2 will be checked to make sure that their
CRC16s match the data stored. Recovery data copy #1 is tested first and if its CRC16 doesn’t
match its data, then copy #1 is considered to be bad. In the event that recovery data copy #2
is also bad, a message is displayed to the user — NO RECOVERY DATA AVAILABLE — and
the user is forced to start the procedure from scratch.
When a good copy of data is found, a message is displayed to the operator to press the NO
button to restore the previous procedure or the YES button to restart and reinitialize the
MCS®+ for a new procedure. If the operator selects NO to restore the previous procedure, a
second recovery confirmation screen will be displayed. The MCS®+ recovery procedure
screen is displayed on power up whenever the procedure status flag doesn’t get set to proce-
dure complete. In order for the procedure status flag to get set to procedure complete, a pro-
cedure must be completed right to the unload screen. MCS®+ procedure recovery message
follows:
MCS+ PROCEDURE RECOVERY

PRESS YES TO RESTORE PROCEDURE
PRESS NO TO START NEW PROC.
MCS®+ Recovery Data Restored:
• DPM system offset

• SPM system offset
• Weigher system offset
• Cuff system offset
• Cycle #
• Total volume processed
• Plasma volume previous cycle
• Total plasma collected
• Total platelets collected
• Total ACAD used
• Protocol used
• Bowl volume
3-13
Home
Valves
Each valve is sequentially toggled on and off, and several conditions are tested during the
valve transition. The valve position switch is monitored to confirm that the valve actually
moved when commanded to. Also, the valve current feedback is monitored to confirm that
the valve driver reduces the supplied current after the valve transitions from closed to open
(reduced current is used to reduce current demand on the power supply and to keep the
valve solenoids cool). The following error message will be displayed.
DONOR VALVE POSITION FAULT

CODE = 12
PLEASE POWER OFF.
SURGE VALVE POSITION FAULT

CODE = 12
PLEASE POWER OFF.
PLASMA VALVE POSITION FAULT

CODE = 12
PLEASE POWER OFF.
PLATELET VALVE POSITION FAULT

CODE = 12
PLEASE POWER OFF.
DONOR VALVE CURRENT FAULT

CODE = 13
PLEASE POWER OFF.
3-14
Home
SURGE VALVE CURRENT FAULT

CODE = 13
PLEASE POWER OFF.
PLASMA VALVE CURRENT FAULT

CODE = 13
PLEASE POWER OFF.
PLATELET VALVE CURRENT FAULT

CODE = 13
PLEASE POWER OFF.
The MCS®+ also has the following fault messages:
RECIRC VALVE POSITION FAULT

CODE = 12
PLEASE POWER OFF.
NACL VALVE POSITION FAULT

CODE = 12
PLEASE POWER OFF.
SAGM VALVE POSITION FAULT

CODE = 12
PLEASE POWER OFF.
RECIRC VALVE CURRENT FAULT

CODE = 13
PLEASE POWER OFF.
3-15
Home
NACL VALVE CURRENT FAULT

CODE = 13
PLEASE POWER OFF.
SAGM VALVE CURRENT FAULT

CODE = 13
PLEASE POWER OFF.
Safety PCB Tests

MCS/MCS+ SYSTEM TESTS
ROM * WATCHDOG *
CALIBRATION * LOW PRESSURE *
CONFIG * HIGH PRESSURE *
PROTOCOLS * CH1 STATE *
AIR SENSORS * CH2 STATE *
ANALOG * CH1 TIME BASE *
VALVES * CH2 TIME BASE *
Before beginning the safety system tests, a warning is displayed indicating that the pumps
must not be moved during the safety system tests. Pump movement is continuously moni-
tored during the test sequence, and any detected movement will result in test failure.
ABOUT TO TEST SAFETY SYSTEM

DO NOT MOVE PUMPS
Watchdog
A watchdog time-out safety mechanism is used to ensure that the CPU is viable and able to
execute routines. If a watchdog time-out occurs, the safety system independently will detect
the condition and will set an output register. If the CPU is still somewhat operational, it will
respond to the register and display a watchdog error message.
The watchdog circuit is tested by stopping the watchdog signal on the CPU board. If both
channels of the safety system do not respond by opening the safety system relay and posting
a fault in the safety system registers, the test has failed. After verifying that the fault was
posted, the watchdog signal is restarted and synchronized to the safety card. The relay is
again monitored to see that it closes in response to the safety system restart. If it does not, the
test has failed. The following error message will be displayed.
3-16
Home
WATCHDOG ERROR
CODE = (15, 16, 17)
PLEASE POWER OFF.
Watchdog safety codes

15 - Relay not open
16 - Relay not closed
17 - Fault not posted to registers
Low Pressure/High Pressure

The safety system monitors the pressure level signal from the DPM. If the pressure signal
indicates that the measured pressure exceeds a defined range (-100 to +330 mmHg), the
safety system will intervene and open the safety system relay.
The safety system pressure monitor circuit is tested by electrically simulating pressure
extremes on the DPM signal circuit. Both channels of the safety system must respond by
opening the safety system relay and posting a fault message in the safety system registers.
Each DPM transducer must be calibrated to the circuit. Calibration, which occurs in Utilities,
simulates the pressure extremes, and the transducer response is recorded in NVRAM. These
values are used to compare the response of the transducer during this system start-up test.
Therefore, if the transducer or NVRAM (CPU board) has been replaced or damaged, this test
will likely fail.
Before testing begins, the DPM and SPM interlock switches are checked to see if disposable
filters are loaded. If the switches indicate that a disposable filter is loaded, this message is
displayed:
PLEASE CLAMP THE DPM LINE AND

PLEASE CLAMP THE SPM LINE AND

3-17
Home
If the interlock switches do not indicate that the disposable has been removed within fifty
seconds, one or both of the interlock switches are presumed to be defective.

CODE = 507
PLEASE POWER OFF.

CODE = 502
PLEASE POWER OFF.

CODE = 504
PLEASE POWER OFF.
The low pressure limit is checked first. If the safety system does not respond properly, the test
has failed.
LOW PRESSURE ERROR

CODE = (19, 20, 21, 22, 23)
PLEASE POWER OFF.
Low pressure error codes

19 - Relay not open
22 - DPM bridge out ±25% of tolerance (1265–1620)
23 - DPM bridge out ±7% of tolerance (7% of value stored in NVRAM)
When the low pressure limit passes, the high pressure is checked. If the safety system does
not respond properly, the test has failed.
3-18
Home
HIGH PRESSURE ERROR

CODE = (25, 26, 27, 28, 29)
PLEASE POWER OFF.
High pressure error codes

25 - Relay not open
28 - DPM bridge out ±25% of tolerance (3260–4080)
29 - DPM bridge out ±7% of tolerance (5% of value stored in NVRAM)
CH1 State/CH2 State

The safety system monitors the states of the pump motors (on/off, direction) and the valves
(open/closed). As the MCS®/MCS®+ progresses through its operation, the pumps and valves
will change states several times, and for each state change, the safety system is provided with
a state code reflecting the proper pump/valve configuration. If the actual state does not
match the expected state, the safety system immediately responds by opening the safety sys-
tem relay and posting an error code.
The state circuit is tested by simulating a fault while monitoring the safety system relay. Each
safety system channel is tested separately. If the safety system does not respond to the simu-
lated state fault by opening the safety system relay, the test has failed.
CHANNEL 1 STATE ERROR

CODE = (31, 32, 33)
PLEASE POWER OFF.
CH1 state error codes

31 - Relay not open

CODE = (36, 37, 38)
PLEASE POWER OFF.
3-19
Home

36 - Relay not open
CH1/CH2 Air Sensor State

Although not shown on the system test display, the safety system air detector circuit is now
tested. The circuit is tested by switching all air sensors to an “air state” by using the air sensor
test signal. Several commands are given to the safety system while monitoring the safety sys-
tem relay. If the safety system does not respond to the simulated states by opening the safety
system relay, the test has failed. Although either channel 1 or 2 could fail this test, the F will
only be displayed next to the CH2 STATE test name.

CODE (39, 40, 41, 34)
PLEASE POWER OFF.

39 - Air test — Relay not open
40 - Air test — Relay not closed
41 - Air test — Fault not posted to registers
34 - No response to air signal during air test
CH1 Time Base/CH2 Time Base

The time base generator is a clock cycle used by the safety system to calculate pump ratios
and processed volumes. The safety system is tested by disabling the time base signal and
monitoring the safety system relay. If the safety system does not respond by opening the
safety system relay, the test has failed.
CHANNEL 1 TIME BASE ERROR

CODE = (43, 44, 45)
PLEASE POWER OFF.
3-20
Home
CH1 time base error codes

43 - Relay not open
CHANNEL 2 TIME BASE ERROR

CODE = (47, 48, 49)
PLEASE POWER OFF.
CH2 time base error codes

47 - Relay not open
Vacuum System Test

Although not displayed, the pneumatic vacuum system is tested for an obstruction. The
optics signal is sampled to determine if a disposable bowl is installed in the centrifuge. If a
bowl is detected, the test is skipped. If no bowl is detected, the vacuum pump is turned on
while monitoring the vacuum switch. If enough vacuum is created in the system to trip the
vacuum switch, an obstruction exists between the switch and the centrifuge and the test has
failed.
VACUUM SYSTEM PLUGGED

CODE = 301
PLEASE POWER OFF.
Centrifuge Cover Test

The centrifuge cover switch relates information about the position of the centrifuge cover
latch knob. As the knob is tightened against the centrifuge cover pair, a spring activated
plunger is raised, causing two microswitch contacts to close. The initial status of the switch
pair is assessed (cover locked or unlocked) to determine what message to display. The cover
lock state must be switched three times to satisfy the test requirements. If the switches fail to
transition states, no error message is generated. The test process simply will not continue.
PLEASE OPEN CENTRIFUGE COVER
or
PLEASE CLOSE CENTRIFUGE COVER
3-21
Home
then
THANK YOU!
The start-up system tests are now complete.
3-22
Home
Chapter 3, Principles of Operation — Utilities Mode MCS®/MCS®+ Service Manual
Utilities Mode
Utilities is a set of diagnostic tests used to calibrate and test most components on the MCS®.
It is a separate operating system that can be manually initiated in the beginning of the system
start-up tests. When choosing to power up the MCS® in the utilities operating system, the
MCS® application protocols are no longer available. When exiting utilities, the MCS® is
“rebooted” and restarts in the start-up system test mode.
The utilities mode is initiated by pressing and holding the PLASMA key while the MCS® is
powered on, until the utilities start-up screen is displayed.
The main MCS® utilities menu shows four utilities protocols: calibration, diagnostics, config-
uration, and maintenance, with an arrow pointing to calibration.
UTILITIES
--> CALIBRATION
DIAGNOSTICS
CONFIGURATION
MAINTAINANCE
KEY FUNCTION
MODIFY Moves arrow to protocol selection
DRAW Selects protocol
STOP Exits utilities and reboots MCS ®
A protocol is selected by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key until the arrow points to the
correct choice, and then pressing the DRAW key to select that protocol. Utilities can be ter-
minated at this screen by pressing the STOP key. The MCS® will reboot to the system start-up
test mode.
Calibration
The calibration protocol is used to calibrate the A/D converter circuits to the various hard-
ware peripherals. When calibration is selected, the calibration protocol submenu is dis-
played.
Note: Since values which are stored in the NVRAM are modified during calibration, a write pro-
tect switch located on the edge of the CPU card must be toggled to permit modification to
the NVRAM contents. The calibration screen is overlaid with a message requesting the re-
moval of memory protection, which means the switch needs to be toggled. The calibration
values cannot be viewed without disabling the NVRAM write protection. When exiting the
calibration protocol by pressing the STOP key, the calibration screen is overlaid with a mes-
sage requesting the replacement of memory protection, which means the switch needs to
be toggled back to the write protect position.
3-23
Home
CALIBRATION
--> A/D
CENTRIFUGE
SAFETY SYSTEM
KEY FUNCTION
MODIFY Moves arrow to protocol selection
DRAW Selects protocol
STOP Exits the calibration protocol
The submenu shows three calibration subprotocols: A/D, centrifuge, and safety system. A
sub protocol is selected by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key until the arrow points to
the correct choice, then pressing the DRAW key to select the sub protocol. Return to the
main menu by pressing the STOP key.
A/D
The A/D calibration sub protocol calibrates the A/D converter circuit to the cuff pressure
transducer, weigher load cell, SPM pressure transducer, and the DPM pressure transducer.
When A/D is selected, the A/D calibration screen is displayed.
A/D CALIBRATION
OFF- FULL
DEV VAL INPUT SET SCALE
— > CUFF 100 X X XXXX

WGHT 1KG XX XX XXXX
SPM 300 XXXX XXXX XXXX
DPM 300 XXXX XXXX XXXX
KEY FUNCTION
MODIFY Moves arrow to select device for calibration
DRAW Saves the offset value

YES Increments the full scale value, or the cuff pressure
NO Decrements the full scale value, or the cuff pressure
RETURN Saves the full scale value
CUFF Controls cuff operation
STOP Exits A/D calibration sub protocol
3-24
Home
Centrifuge
The centrifuge calibration sub protocol is used to calibrate the centrifuge speed. The centri-
fuge is calibrated by adjusting the “outval” at 5800 rpm and 3000 rpm. The outval is a digital
value indicating the power level supplied to the centrifuge. By setting the outval at a high
and low speed, the MCS® can run the centrifuge at any selectable speed by calculating the
correct outval. After setting the correct outvals, the centrifuge can be run at 3000, 4800, and
5650 rpm, and the actual speed can be verified with a noncontact tachometer. When centri-
fuge is selected, the centrifuge calibration screens are displayed.
Note: Each time the centrifuge calibration screens are displayed, the outval numbers will always
default to 247 for 5800 rpm, and 128 for 3000 rpm.
CENTRIFUGE CALIBRATION
SPEED ACTUAL OUTVAL
5800 XXXX 247
VACUUM = TRUE
CENTRIFUGE CALIBRATION
SPEED ACTUAL OUTVAL
3000 XXXX 128
VACUUM = TRUE
KEY FUNCTION
PRIME Controls vacuum load system pump
DRAW Starts the centrifuge
STOP Stops the centrifuge
YES Increases the outval number and the centrifuge speed
NO Decreases the outval number and the centrifuge speed
SAVE Temporarily stores the outval number and advances to the next
speed setting
MODIFY Exits the centrifuge calibration sub protocol
RETURN After saving low speed outval, toggles centrifuge speed from 3000
to 4800 and to 5650 for test purposes
Safety System
The safety system calibration subprotocol electronically offsets the DPM pressure transducer
with simulated loads. The response of the pressure transducer is recorded in NVRAM and is
compared to the results of a similar test conducted each time the MCS® is powered on. The
purpose of this test is to simulate a safety system pressure fault and make sure that the safety
3-25
Home
system reacts to it. When safety system is selected, the safety system calibration screens are
displayed.
SAFETY SYSTEM CALIBRATION

PRESS ACTUAL HIGH LOW
High XXXX XXXX XXXX
SAFETY SYSTEM CALIBRATION

PRESS ACTUAL HIGH LOW
LOW XXXX XXXX XXXX
KEY FUNCTION
DRAW Stores the high pressure calibration value
RETURN Stores the low pressure calibration value
MODIFY Exits the safety system calibration sub protocol
Diagnostics
The diagnostics protocol consists of a series of comprehensive diagnostic tests designed to
functionally test nearly every component and function of the MCS®. When diagnostics is
selected, the diagnostic protocol sub menu is displayed.
DIAGNOSTICS
ROM DISPLAY
PUMPS KEYBOARD
VALVES CENTRIFUGE
SAFETY DONOR LITES
WEIGHER TRANSDUCERS
PRESSURE AIR DETECTOR
KEY FUNCTION
MODIFY Moves arrow to sub protocol selection
DRAW Selects sub protocol
STOP Exits the diagnostic protocol
ROM
The ROM diagnostic test calculates the CRC checksum and compares it to a value stored in
the ROM IC. If the calculated value does not match the stored value, the ROM contents are
3-26
Home
defective and must be replaced.
ROM DIAGNOSTICS
CALCULATING CRC
ROM DIAGNOSTICS
CRC FOR 0XC00002 - 0XXXXX
CRC SEEN: 0XXXXX
CRC EXPECTED: 0XXXXX
ROM DIAGNOSTIC PASSED.

OR
CRC’S DO NOT MATCH!
KEY FUNCTION
MODIFY Exits ROM diagnostic test
Pumps
The pump diagnostic test permits operation of the pumps to check speed, ratio, and pump
efficiency. All air sensors must sense fluid and both pressure sensor sleeves must be
depressed before the pumps can be operated. If air or a missing filter is detected, associated
messages will prompt correction of the situation. The Surge and donor valve positions are
monitored by the safety system. If either valve is manually depressed while the pumps are
active, a safety system fault will be generated. The safety system also monitors the total vol-
ume pumped in Draw. If the safety system ECV limit of 720 ml (890 ml if using Rev. F or
greater) is pumped in Draw, a safety fault will be generated.
DRAW <— PUMP TEST

RETURN
SET ACTUAL VOLUME
BLOOD STOP 0.0 0
ACD STOP 0.0 0
RATIO 10 0.0
DONOR=0 SURGE=0 PLSMA=0 PLATLT=0
KEY FUNCTION
DRAW Sets pump direction to Draw
RETURN Sets pump direction to Return

YES Increases the pump ratio
NO Decreases the pump ratio
3-27
Home
KEY FUNCTION
PUMP ↑ Increases the pump speed
PUMP ↓ Decreases the pump speed
PUMP STOP Toggles pump on and off
PLT. VALVE Toggles the platelet valve
PLS. VALVE Toggles the plasma valve
MODIFY Exits pump diagnostic test
The pumps can be run in the Draw direction at a ratio of 1:8 to 1:30, at a speed of 10–150
ml/min. In Return, only the blood pump spins, and is also speed controllable from 10 to 150
ml/min.
Valves
The valve diagnostic test permits manual or cyclic functional testing of the pinch valves.
Each valve is tested for position, power state, and current draw. The valve position sensors
are polled to indicate the current valve position, the driver card is polled to indicate if the
valve has been energized, and the current sense circuit is polled to indicate if the valve cur-
rent is high (used to toggle the valve open) or low (used to hold the valve position once it has
toggled open).
VALVES
PLATELET CLOSED DE-ENG LOW-CUR
PLASMA OPEN ENG LOW-CUR
SURGE XXXXXX XXXXXX XXXXXXX
DONOR XXXXXX XXXXXX XXXXXXX
INTERVAL: XX ERRORS: XX
KEY FUNCTION
PLATELET Toggles the platelet valve
PLASMA Toggles the plasma valve
SURGE Toggles the Surge valve
CUFF Toggles the donor valve

DRAW Starts the cyclic test
STOP Stops the cyclic test
YES Increases the interval

NO Decreases the interval
MODIFY Exits valve diagnostic test
3-28
Home
The valves can be controlled manually by pressing the valve or cuff keys, or all valves can be
cyclically tested by pressing the DRAW key.
When a valve is energized, the position will change from closed to open, the power state
will change from de-energized to energized, and the current sense will momentarily change
to high current, until the valve has transitioned, and then change to low current (however,
the display will not likely show a high current condition unless the valve current stays high).
The interval can be adjusted from 1 to 1200, and defaults to 8. The interval is the time delay
between testing of each valve during the cyclic test. A lower number will minimize the time
between each valve test. The error counter increments each time an error in valve position or
current draw is detected. The sample rate is rather high, so a single failure will result in
several counter increments.
Safety
The safety system diagnostic test permits electrical testing of the DPM transducer and func-
tional testing of the safety system. When the safety diagnostic is selected, the safety system
diagnostic sub protocols are displayed.
SAFETY SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS

—> PRESSURE
FUNCTIONAL TEST
Pressure
The pressure diagnostic permits testing of the DPM transducer by electrically offsetting the
transducer bridge rectifier and checking that the transducer output falls within a range speci-
fication.
No load test
The no load test reads the transducer output without loading the input. This is essentially an
offset. The acceptable value is 1902–2194.
SAFETY SYSTEM PRESSURE TEST

BRIDGE LOADING = NORMAL
DPM VALUE = XXXX
KEY FUNCTION
SAVE PROG Changes the test load from normal to low and to high
MODIFY PROG Exits safety system pressure test
Low load test

The low load test places a load on the transducer input which simulates a low pressure con-
dition (vacuum) at the DPM. The acceptable value is 1265–1620.
3-29
Home

BRIDGE LOADING = LOW PRESSURE
DPM VALUE = XXXX
High load test

The high load test places a load on the transducer input which simulates a high pressure
condition at the DPM. The acceptable value is 3260–4080.

BRIDGE LOADING = HIGH PRESSURE
DPM VALUE = XXXX
Functional test
The safety system functional diagnostic test is an automated sequence of tests designed to
test each function of the safety card. Faults are created by the CPU, and the safety card
detects those faults and generates safety fault and critical codes in response. Each test passes
if the safety system generates the correct codes for the simulated fault.
The safety system utilizes redundant circuitry to maximize reliability. Each circuit is referred
to as a channel, called channel 1 and channel 2. Channel 1 will normally respond to all
safety card violations first, while channel 2 is a backup. During this test, channel 1 and
channel 2 are tested separately, and this is made possible by jumper configurations on the
driver card, P1 and P2, which jump out one channel or the other. As each test is executed,
the safety system is reset in preparation for the next test. The CPU relay is also jumped out by
J3 to isolate the error detection to the safety card.
Note: Before removing any cards from the card cage, the MCS® must be powered off!
The jumpers P1, P2, and P3 are located on the driver card. Reference the driver card sche-
matic 35198 page 2, for the jumper identification.
P1 applies 24 VDC to the PADIF relay K1, energizing the relay for CH 2 testing.
P2 applies system ground to the PADIF relay K1, energizing the relay for CH 1 testing.
P3 applies system ground to the CPU relay K2, energizing the relay for both channel testing.
Table 3-2: Safety Card Channel Tests
Jumper P1 Jumper P2 Jumper P3
NORMAL NO NO NO
TEST CH 1 NO YES YES
TEST CH 2 YES NO YES
Note: Jumper Part Number — 35842-02.
3-30
Home
Remove the driver card after powering off the MCS® and select the proper jumper configura-
tion. Select the CH 1 test mode to configure the driver card for channel 1 functional testing,
or CH 2 test mode for channel 2 functional testing.
Power on the MCS® in the utilities protocol, and select the safety sub protocol, and then the
functional test.
SAFETY SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST

TO TEST PRESS
CHANNEL 1 DRAW
CHANNEL 2 RETURN
KEY FUNCTION
DRAW Selects channel 1 testing
RETURN Selects channel 2 testing
MODIFY Exits safety system functional test
Select the channel you want to test. Be sure to select the same channel that the driver card
has been configured to.
Install water filled tubing in the ACAD, DLAD1, and DLAD2 and install a disposable filter on
the DPM. If the ACAD, DLAD1, or DLAD2 air detectors sense air, or if the DPM interlock is
open, the safety fault and critical codes reported will not match the expected codes, and the
safety system functional test will frequently fail.
If a test fails, the following message will be displayed:
SAFETY SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST

CHANNEL = X
(TEST NAME) FAILURE
(FAILURE DESCRIPTION)
FAULT = XXH CRITICAL = XXH
Failure Description Possibilities
• Safety system code(s) incorrect

• Padif relay not open
• Time expired
Use the fault code information and charts in the Troubleshooting chapter of this manual to
decipher an incorrect code problem. Recheck the jumper configuration verses the channel
tested if the PADIF relay does not open.
3-31
Home
Motor movement fault

The pumps are commanded to move, but the safety card is not sent the proper initialization
commands. The correct fault codes are FAULT 80h and CRITICAL 01h.
Auto prime fault

A second prime command is sent, after the initial prime command has been successfully
executed. The correct fault codes are FAULT 80h and CRITICAL 02h.
Valid draw cycle

A Draw state is entered and confirmed. No safety faults should occur.
Valid return cycle

A Return state is entered and confirmed. No safety faults should occur.
Pump ratio fault

The pumps are turned at a ratio of 1:3. The correct fault codes are FAULT 20h and CRITICAL
08h.
Blood pump overspeed fault

The blood pump is turned at 200 ml/min. The correct fault codes are FAULT 10h and CRITI-
CAL 00h.
Blood pump underspeed fault

The blood pump is turned at 5 ml/min. The correct fault codes are FAULT 10h and CRITICAL
00h.
Draw blood pump wrong direction fault

The blood pump is turned in the wrong direction in the Draw state. The correct fault codes
are FAULT 10h and CRITICAL 00h.
A/C pump wrong direction fault

The A/C pump is turned in the wrong direction in the Draw state. The correct fault codes are
FAULT 10h and CRITICAL 00h.
Donor valve position fault

The donor valve is not opened in the Draw state. The correct fault codes are FAULT 10h and
CRITICAL 00h.
A/C air detector fault

The A/C air detector test line is activated to simulate air in the A/C line. The correct fault
codes are FAULT 04h and CRITICAL 10h.
3-32
Home
Return blood pump wrong direction fault

The blood pump is turned in the wrong direction in the Return state. The correct fault codes
are FAULT 10h and CRITICAL 00h.
Surge valve position fault

The Surge valve is closed in the Surge state. The correct fault codes are FAULT 10h and
CRITICAL 00h.
Donor line 1 air detector fault

The donor line 1 air detector test line is activated to simulate air in the donor line. The cor-
rect fault codes are FAULT 04h and CRITICAL 20h. This test is executed only when testing
channel 1.
Donor line 2 air detector fault

The donor line 2 air detector test line is activated to simulate air in the donor line. The cor-
rect fault codes are FAULT 04h and CRITICAL 40h. This test is executed only when testing
channel 2.
ECV fault
The pumps are run in the Draw state until the ECV limit is reached (720 ml or 890 ml if using
Rev. F or greater). The current volume is displayed. The correct fault codes are FAULT 20h
and CRITICAL 00h.
Low DPM pressure fault

A negative pressure of approximately -120 mmHg is introduced to the DPM. This must be
done by the tester. Use a syringe connected to the DPM filter to generate the vacuum. The
correct fault codes are FAULT 08h and CRITICAL 00h.
High DPM pressure fault

A positive pressure of approximately +350 mmHg is introduced to the DPM. This must be
done by the tester. Use a syringe connected to the DPM filter to generate the pressure. The
correct fault codes are FAULT 08h and CRITICAL 00h.
DPM interlock fault

The DPM interlock is opened by removing the filter from the DPM sensor. This must be done
by the tester. The correct fault codes are FAULT 80h and CRITICAL 04h.
Successful channel testing

After the selected channel has successfully passed all tests, the tester must power off the
MCS® and exchange the jumper configuration at P1 and P2. The second channel can then
be tested.
Warning! IMPORTANT! After completing the safety system functional test, be sure to power off the
MCS® and remove both jumpers from locations P3 and P1 or P2. Failure to remove the
jumpers will render the safety system unusable during the application mode of operation.
3-33
Home
Weigher
The weigher diagnostic test permits viewing the weigher load cell offset value and shows
weight on the weigher in grams. Assuming nothing is hanging on the weigher arm, the offset
should be between 0 and 125. If the offset is out of this range, the load cell is probably dam-
aged. When a 1000 gram weight is hung on the weigher arm, the displayed weight should
be within ±10 grams.
WEIGHER DIAGNOSTICS
OFFSET = XX
WEIGHT = X
KEY FUNCTION
MODIFY Exits weigher diagnostic test
Pressure
The pressure diagnostic test permits viewing of the DPM and SPM actual pressure readings
in mmHg, offsets, and interlocks status. Also, the cuff pressure, offset, pump status, and set
pressure are displayed and can be tested.
PRESSURE DIAGNOSTICS
PRESS OFFSET INTERLOCKS
DPM :0 (1902-2194) 1: IN 2: IN
SPM :0 (1902-2194) 1: IN 2: IN
STAT PRESS
CUFF :0 (<190) OFF 50
KEY FUNCTION
YES Increases cuff pressure
NO Decreases cuff pressure

CUFF Toggles cuff state on/off
MODIFY Exits pressure diagnostics
Display
The display diagnostic test performs a pixel and character generator test. The pixel test illu-
minates all pixels on the display. Check to see if any pixels are not illuminated. The charac-
ter generator test displays a complete character set. Check to see if any characters are not
generated correctly.
3-34
Home
!#%&”()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?
@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ{\}^_
`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~
KEY FUNCTION
DRAW Executes character generator test
MODIFY Exits display diagnostics
Keyboard
The keyboard diagnostic test illuminates the key lights and tests the keyboard keys. When
the test begins, all key LEDs are illuminated, and the following message is displayed:
KEYBOARD AND KEY LIGHT TESTING

KEY PRESSED = NULL
PRESS MODIFY TO EXIT
As each key is pressed, its name is displayed and the key LED is extinguished (except the
pump control keys which have no associated LEDs). Press the MODIFY PROGRAM key last
to exit the test.
KEY FUNCTION
ALL Toggles key light (if equipped) and reports key name
MODIFY Exits display diagnostics
Centrifuge
The centrifuge diagnostic test permits testing of the speed controller, cover interlock
switches, vacuum pump, vacuum switch, and spill sensor. When the test begins, the follow-
ing message is displayed:
CENTRIFUGE TESTING
STATUS = OFF VAC SW = FALSE
SPEED = 2000 V PMP = OFF
ACT SPD = 0 COVER = CLOSE
SPILL = FALSE
3-35
Home
KEY FUNCTION
PRIME Toggles the state of the vacuum pump
DRAW Starts the centrifuge
STOP Stops the centrifuge
YES Increases the set speed
NO Decreases the set speed
MODIFY Exits centrifuge diagnostic
Install a bowl into the centrifuge chuck and turn on the vacuum pump. After a few seconds,
the vacuum switch should change to TRUE, indicating that the bowl is secured to the chuck.
DO NOT START THE CENTRIFUGE WITH SWITCH STATUS FALSE! The bowl may damage
centrifuge well components. Start the centrifuge and allow it to come up to speed. Change
the centrifuge speed to the desired speed and check actual speed by reading ACT SPD or use
a noncontact tachometer on the bowl.
Donor Lights
The donor light diagnostic test permits testing of the donor light LEDs. The following mes-
sage is displayed when the test begins:
DONOR LIGHT TESTING

DONOR LIGHTS = ALL OFF
KEY FUNCTION
MODIFY Exits donor lights diagnostics
The donor lights are then cycled through a lighting sequence beginning with ALL OFF, then
to NORMAL, LOW, NONE, RETURN, and finally to ALL ON. The sequence repeats indefi-
nitely.
Transducers
The transducer diagnostic test displays the raw analog to digital values for the DPM, SPM,
cuff, weigher, line sensor, and bowl optics. Also the DPM and SPM values can be displayed
under 20%, 50%, and 80% loads by pressing the DRAW key. The following message is dis-
played when the transducer test begins:
3-36
Home
A/D TEST
SUPPLIED VALUES: ACTUAL VALUES
DNR PRESS : XXXX WEIGHER :X
BOWL PRESS : XXXX LINE SENS :XXXX
CUFF PRESS : XX BOWL OPTS :XXXX
KEY FUNCTION
SAVE PROGRAM Toggles test levels for DPM and SPM

MODIFY Exits transducer diagnostics
Air Detector
The air detector diagnostic test conducts testing of the air detector test lines, polled status
registers, and the latched status registers. The following message is displayed when the air
detector test begins:
AIR DETECTOR TESTING

CHECKING TEST LINES STATUS
TESTING XXXX
PLACE TUBING IN XXXX AIR
PRESS DRAW TO CONTINUE
KEY FUNCTION
DRAW Executes test
MODIFY Exits air detector diagnostics
Place a fluid-filled tube in the air detector to be tested, confirm that the air detector LED illu-
minates, then press the DRAW key. If the air detector LED does not illuminate, air detector
may be defective.
The air detector is first tested for fluid. If air is sensed, the following message is displayed:

CHECKING TEST LINES STATUS
TESTING XXXX NO FLUID
PLACE TUBING IN XXXX AIR
PRESS RETURN TO RETEST
PRESS DRAW TO CONTINUE
3-37
Home
If the test continues to fail, the air detector or its associated circuitry may have failed.
When the test passes, the test line is then used to simulate air. When the air test passes, the
next air detector is tested. After testing all four air detectors, the display changes to the fol-
lowing:

AIR DETECTOR POLL LATCH
A/C AIR FLUID FLUID
BLOOD LINE AIR AIR
DONOR LINE 1 FLUID FLUID
DONOR LINE 2 FLUID FLUID
Here the poll and latch registers can be viewed. When fluid-filled tubing is installed in any
of the air sensors, the poll register indicates fluid first, then the latch register catches up.
Configuration
MCS®
Configuration is used to set up programmable features.
From the Utilities menu, use the MODIFY PROGRAM key to select Configuration, then press
the DRAW key.
UTILITIES
MACHINE CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION MENU
DIAGNOSTICS MENU
CONFIGURATION MENU
SAFETY FAULT RECORD
KEY FUNCTION
DRAW Executes current selection
MODIFY Changes current selection

STOP Exits current menu
Note: Since values which are stored in the NVRAM are modified during configuration, a write pro-
the NVRAM contents. The configuration screen is overlaid with a message requesting the
removal of memory protection, which means the switch needs to be toggled. The configu-
ration values cannot be viewed without disabling the NVRAM write protection. When exit-
ing the configuration protocol by pressing the STOP key, the configuration screen is overlaid
3-38
Home
with a message requesting the replacement of memory protection, which means the switch
needs to be toggled back to the write protect position.
CONFIGURATION
PUMPS DRAW CYCLE
SAFETY RETURN CYCLE
LANGUAGE TRANSDUCERS
CENTRIFUGE
KEY FUNCTION
At this time, the only configurable option is Language.
Language
Most messages are preprogrammed into the MCS® software in four languages. The language
configuration screen permits selection of the language to be used.
LANGUAGE SELECTION
ENGLISH GERMAN
FRENCH
ITALIAN
LANGUAGE = ENGLISH
KEY FUNCTION
DRAW Selects the current selection
MCS®+
Configuration is used to set up programmable features.
From the Utilities menu, use the MODIFY PROGRAM key to select Configuration, then press
the DRAW key.
3-39
Home
CALIBRATION MENU
DIAGNOSTICS MENU
CONFIGURATION MENU
KEY FUNCTION
Note: Since values which are stored in the NVRAM are modified during configuration, a write pro-
the NVRAM contents. The configuration screen is overlaid with a message requesting the
removal of memory protection, which means the switch needs to be toggled. The configu-
ration values cannot be viewed without disabling the NVRAM write protection. When exit-
ing the configuration protocol by pressing the STOP key, the configuration screen is overlaid
with a message requesting the replacement of memory protection, which means the switch
needs to be toggled back to the write protect position.
CONFIGURATION
PUMPS DRAW CYCLE
SAFETY RETURN CYCLE
LANGUAGE TRANSDUCERS
CENTRIFUGE
KEY FUNCTION
Language
Most messages are preprogrammed into the MCS® software in four languages. The language
configuration screen permits selection of the language to be used.
LANGUAGE SELECTION
ENGLISH GERMAN
FRENCH
ITALIAN
LANGUAGE = ENGLISH
3-40
Home
KEY FUNCTION
DRAW Selects the current selection
3-41
Home
Chapter 3, Principles of Operation — The MCS®: Application Mode MCS®/MCS®+ Service Manual
THE MCS®: APPLICATION MODE

After the system start-up tests have been successfully completed, the MCS® transitions to the
application mode of operation. After answering a few questions about the intended proce-
dure, the disposable set is loaded onto the MCS®, the disposable set is primed with anticoag-
ulant (ACD), and the operating system transitions to the Ready state.
Identification
As the operating system transitions to the application mode, the MCS® identifies itself and
briefly shows the revision of the operating system program.
MOBILE COLLECTION SYSTEM

REV. X
Procedure Recovery
If the procedure recovery option was chosen during the start-up system test mode, the proto-
col and its parameters are now recovered from NVRAM. The disposable is assumed to be
installed, except for the DPM and SPM filters that are prompted for installation with this mes-
sage (although the centrifuge vacuum load switch is monitored to confirm that a bowl is
loaded).
The DPM/SPM installation message is not displayed if the DPM and SPM filter interlocks
indicate that the filters are already installed.
The operating system now proceeds to the Ready state. All protocol parameters are dis-
played as they would be if the system operation had not been interrupted.
Protocol Selection
The MCS® operating system has five protocol options: Platelets (single or double collection),
Platelet/Plasma, Fresh Frozen Plasma, Therapeutic Plasma Exchange, And Mononuclear
Cells. The Platelet Protocol collects a single or double platelet concentrate suspended in
plasma. The Platelet/Plasma Protocol collects a platelet concentrate suspended in plasma,
plus a platelet poor plasma collection.
Protocol selection takes place before a procedure begins, and cannot be changed after Draw
begins. The protocol is changed by pressing the PROTOCOL key to move the protocol selec-
tion arrow, and then pressing the YES key.
PLEASE SELECT PROTOCOL

-> PLATELET
PLATELET/PLASMA
FRESH FROZEN PLASMA
THERAPEUTICS
MONONUCLEAR CELLS
3-42
Home
All valves open to ease disposable tubing installation.
PROTOCOL SELECTION
(PROTOCOL NAME)
PLEASE INSTALL DISPOSABLE
Although there are quite a few steps to installing the disposable, the key steps that are moni-
tored are bowl installation and DPM and SPM filter installation.
The bowl optics detect the bowl as it is placed in the centrifuge well, causing the centrifuge
vacuum pump to turn on. When the bowl is properly seated against the centrifuge quad ring,
the vacuum pulls the bowl tight against the chuck, creating an airtight seal. When the vac-
uum reaches approximately -9 ±1 PSI, the centrifuge vacuum switch trips, signaling that the
bowl is securely loaded. There are also two switches that sense when the centrifuge is
closed.
The DPM and SPM interlocks detect when the DPM and SPM filters are installed by monitor-
ing the position of the white plungers. When both plungers are depressed, the filters are con-
sidered loaded.
When these criteria are satisfied, the entire disposable is considered loaded. A reminder
message is displayed pointing out the other important disposable loading steps.
PLEASE ENSURE THE FOLLOWING:

• PUMPS ARE LOADED
• ACD BAG IS SPIKED
• NEEDLE LINE IS CLOSED
• SAMPLE POUCH LINE IS CLOSED
PRESS PRIME
Prime
The anticoagulant line is primed with anticoagulant to prevent the possibility of platelet
coagulation in the disposable at the beginning of the procedure. Anticoagulant is primed
through the anticoagulant line and up to the DLAD1 at the rate of 30 ml/min. If the DPM
pressure exceeds a range of -5 to -10 mmHg, the blood pump speed is increased or
decreased by 5 ml/min to control the pressure difference until the pressure is back within
range. If the pressure falls below -10 mmHg, the blood pump speed is reduced to 25 ml/min.
If the pressure rises above -5 mmHg, the blood pump speed is increased to 35 ml/min.
Certain volume limits are monitored to signal when disposable setup or flow problems are
evident. The ACAD must sense fluid within 8 ml and the DLAD1 must sense fluid within
40 ml of the beginning of Prime.
AIR IN ANTICOAGULANT LINE

PRESS PRIME TO CONTINUE
AIR IN DONOR LINE 1

3-43
Home
The DPM is also monitored to ensure the system pressure stays within a -60 to +50 mmHg
pressure range. Pressures outside of these limits could mean kinks in the disposable tubing.
HIGH PRESSURE DURING PRIME

PLEASE CHECK ANTICOAGULANT/DONOR
LINES FOR OBSTRUCTION AND
PROPER INSTALLATION
LOW PRESSURE DURING PRIME

PROPER INSTALLATION
When the pressure extreme is brought under control, Prime can continue.
PRESSURE IS RELIEVED
Prime is complete when the DLAD1 senses fluid. This represents the end of the MCS® test
and setup sequence.
At this time, the MCS® transitions to the Ready state and a new screen layout is displayed.
This layout is used during the three operational states: Draw, Return, and Ready.
SDP 1
READY
2 4
3
1
DPM
Pump Plasma Plts VolPro
0 0 0 0 9
5 6 7 8
1. Donor icon — shows flow direction on left arm by adding arrows

2. Protocol ID — shows current protocol selection
3. Status message — indicates current state of operation; communicates events or problems
as they occur
4. Cycle counter — indicates current cycle number
3-44
Home
5. Blood pump speed — indicates current blood pump speed

6. Plasma volume — indicates current plasma volume as measured by the weigher
7. Platelet volume — indicates current platelet volume as calculated by the weigher during
collection in Surge
8. Volume processed — indicates total volume of anticoagulated blood pumped from the do-
nor during the current procedure (including ACD volume).
9. DPM indicator — indicates relative donor pressure; 0 mmHg is at center scale in Ready
and Draw and is at the base in Return
Membrane Panel Key Definition

PRIME
Primes the MCS® disposable set with anticoagulant prior to phlebotomy.
DRAW
Initiates or resumes the Draw state of operation.
RETURN
Initiates or resumes the Return state of operation.
STOP
Stops the existing state of operation.
PROTOCOL
Selects the operating protocol.
PUMP CONTROL
Start/Stop controls pump movement. Up/Down arrows control pump speed.
PROGRAMMING
Protocol Use Modify Parameter provides access to protocol parameters. Yes/No changes the
protocol parameters for the current procedure. Save Program saves each protocol parameter
change permanently.
CUFF
Controls cuff operation.
VALVES
Controls valve operation. Surge valve key is only operational in Utilities.
3-45
Home
Ready
The Ready state is the operating state the MCS® is in when it has completed its system start-
up tests and setup, and whenever it isn’t in a processing state such as Draw or Return. When
progressing from the system start-up tests, the protocol can still be changed by pressing the
protocol key. At any time when in Ready, the platelet and plasma valves and the cuff can be
controlled by pressing the associated keys. The programming keys can be used to modify
protocol parameters. Press DRAW to enter the Draw state, and, likewise, RETURN to enter
the Return state.
SDP 1
READY
DPM
0 0 0 0
The pumps can be turned manually, and all valves can be opened manually without causing
a state error. The DPM pressure is monitored for excessive pressure in the donor line. If the
DPM pressure exceeds 100 mmHg, the MCS® disables all functions and displays a warning.
HIGH PRESSURE IN DONOR LINE

RELIEVE PRESS. BEFORE PHLEBOTOMY
When pressure is relieved, the MCS® returns to the Ready state.
Modify Program
Modify Program is a temporary state used to modify protocol parameters. It is not necessary
to enter this state before processing begins. This state can usually be entered when the MCS®
is operating in Ready, Draw, or Return. The only time modify program cannot be entered is
during Draw when the surge line is priming, or during Surge. Whenever an event occurs that
results in a displayed message, the modify state is automatically exited to make sure the dis-
played information is recognized. This may occur several times during normal operation as
well as when an error or warning message is displayed.
Modify program uses a dynamic menu, in which available options change based on the
operating protocol and the setting of some of the protocol parameters. The easiest way to
illustrate this is with a flowchart. Each protocol modify menu is illustrated in one of the fol-
lowing flowcharts. Each protocol parameter includes its range of values, and the factory
default value.
3-46
Home
Figure 3-1, SDP Protocol Flowchart
Single Donor
Platelets
Cuff Pressure
(0-100)
Default = 50
End on V olume End on Cycles
Volume Processed Cycles

(500-7000) (1-15)
Default = 4000 Default = 8
P/WC Factor
(0-5)
Default = 1
Ratio
(1:8-1:16)
Default = 1:10
Draw Speed
(20-100)
Default = 80
Return Speed
(20-150)
Default = 80
Centrifuge Speed
(3000-5100)
Default = 4800
Loop to beginning
3-47
Home
Figure 3-2, Platelet/Plasma Protocol Flowchart
Platelets / Plasma
Cuff Pressure
(0-100)
Default = 50

(0-5000) (1-8)
Plasma Collection
(0-500)
Default = 225
Plasma/Cycle
(0-500)
Default = 125
P/WC Factor
(0-5)
Default = 1
Ratio
(1:8-1:16)
Default = 1:10
Draw Speed
(20-100)
Default = 80
Return Speed
(20-150)
Default = 80
Centrifuge Speed
(3000-5100)
Default = 4800
Loop to beginning
3-48
Home
Modify Program is entered by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key. The dynamic menu is
scrolled through by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key. The YES and NO keys are used to
change the selected program parameter variables. After making a change, the change is
automatically saved for the current procedure by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key
again to scroll to the next menu item, or by pressing DRAW, RETURN, or STOP to enter that
state of operation. The displayed parameter change can be saved permanently by pressing
the SAVE PROGRAM key before pressing MODIFY PROGRAM, DRAW, RETURN, or STOP.
The new parameter value will become the new protocol default value until changed again.
The changes made in the Modify Program state are stored in the NVRAM IC located on the
CPU card. Therefore, if the CPU card is replaced, the protocol parameters will be reset to
their default values (or they may become the values already stored in the NVRAM IC if the
CPU card was previously installed in another MCS®).
Protocol Information
The following pages contain information regarding key events that occur during protocol
operation.
PLP and SDP Protocol/Draw Cycle Sequence of Operation
AIR AIR/PLASMA PLASMA BUFFY COAT
BOWL OPTIC VOL TAGE LEVEL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
TIME
1. When the Draw cycle begins, the bowl optics are reflecting off the core of an empty, clear
bowl and the optical voltage level is high. This information is transferred to the computer,
and the message “FILLING BOWL” appears on the display. After 40 ml of anticoagulated
whole blood is processed, a clear bowl optic voltage level reference is taken. The optics
are calibrated with a fixture and the voltage level is set at 3.53 ± 0.03 V.
2. As the bowl begins to fill, air is displaced from the bowl into the platelet collection bag.
The bowl continues to fill, and the air/plasma meniscus passes in front of the optics and
the optical voltage level begins to decrease. When the voltage level has dropped to 50%
of the clear bowl voltage level, the message “AIR/PLASMA INTERFACE” appears on the
display.
3. After the air/plasma meniscus has been detected by the bowl optics, 35 ml more anticoag-
ulated whole blood is processed, the plasma valve opens, and the platelet valve closes to
begin diverting the plasma into the plasma bag. After the plasma valve opens, another 15
ml of anticoagulated whole blood is processed and the message “COLLECTING PLASMA”
appears on the display.
3-49
Home
Note: The plasma voltage level will vary depending on the clarity of the donor’s plasma. If the plas-
ma is lipemic, the optical voltage level will remain low and could have adverse effects on
the remainder of the sequence of operation.
4. Once the message “COLLECTING PLASMA” appears on the display, 25 ml more anticoag-
ulated whole blood is processed. After the 25 ml has been processed during the first cycle,
the surge line is primed with 10 ml of plasma. When this sequence is initiated, the message
“PRIME SURGE LINE” appears on the display.
5. When the priming sequence has been completed, the message “COLLECTING PLASMA”
reappears, 75 ml more volume is processed, and the bowl optic voltage reference is taken.
This is denoted by the message “BOWL REFERENCE TAKEN.” This reference is used by
the computer to determine when the Surge process will begin.
6. As the buffy coat begins to pass in front of the optics, the optical voltage level decreases.
When the voltage level has decreased to 80% of the bowl optic reference, a line sensor
reference is taken. This is denoted by the message “LINE SENSOR REFERENCE TAKEN.”
This reference is actually the optical voltage level the line sensor is presently at, as it is
sensing plasma in the effluent line.
Note: This reference level will be used to control the remainder of the Draw cycle once the Surge
process has begun. It is extremely important that the tubing is installed properly into the line
sensor to insure an accurate reference is taken.
7. As with the bowl optical system, if the plasma is lipemic it could have adverse effects on
the line sensor voltage level. As the buffy coat continues to pass in front of the optics, the
optical voltage level continues its decline. When the voltage level has decreased to 50%
of the reference, Surge is initiated with the message “SURGING.” Once the Surge cycle
has begun, the bowl optical system is deactivated and the effluent line optical sensor is ac-
tivated. For the remainder of the Draw cycle, the line sensor controls the opening of the
collection valve, the surge increment limit (maximum Surge speed), and the activation of
the P/WC factor.
SURGE ELUTRIA TION
PLASMA PLATELETS WBC’S

LINE SENSOR VOL TAGE LEVEL
PUMP
SPEED
8 9 10 11 12 13
TIME
8. As stated in step 7, when the bowl optics sense the buffy coat, Surge begins and the mes-
sage “SURGING” appears on the display. The donor line is clamped off, the surge line is
opened, and the pump speed increases at a rate of 5 ml/min per sec. The Surge process
utilizes a high-speed plasma recirculation elutriation to float platelets out of the bowl.
3-50
Home
9. When the platelets begin to exit the bowl, the effluent line sensor voltage begins to de-
crease. On the first cycle, when the voltage level has decreased to 85% of the reference
and the pump speed is at least 150 ml/min. (or if the Collect Delay Volume (CDV) has been
reached (50 ml)), the collection valve is opened and the message “COLLECTING PLATE-
LETS” appears. On subsequent passes, the minimum pump Surge speed (Speed Delay) is
calculated based on the maximum Surge speed of the previous cycle.
Table 3-2: Delay Volumes
Maximum Surge Speed Speed Delay Peak Detection Delay
ð 200 ml/min 150 ml/min 170 ml/min
205–220 ml/min 160 ml/min 175 ml/min
> 220 ml/min 170 ml/min 180 ml/min
10. As the platelet concentration continues to increase in the effluent line, the line sensor volt-
age continues to decrease. When the voltage level decreases to 65% of the reference, the
pump speed stops increasing and maintains its present rate of speed. During Surge, if the
line sensor voltage decreases to 20% of its reference, indicating RBC spillage, or if the max-
imum Surge volume limit of 250 ml is reached, Surge is terminated immediately.
11. When the platelet concentration in the effluent line begins to decrease, the line sensor
voltage starts increasing. The line sensor voltage is sampled every 2 ml during Surge. When
six consecutive samples have been read and each was two digital units higher than the last,
the platelet peak is detected and “ENDING COLLECTION” is displayed.
Note: There is a maximum of 65 ml of platelet volume that can be collected in a cycle. If the vol-
ume limit is reached, the pumps stop immediately.
12. The platelet/white cell factor determines the point at which the collection of platelets
ends. The value that is programmed corresponds to the rate of decline of the pump speed.
The higher the value, the slower the rate of decline, with a greater potential platelet yield
but with higher WBC contamination. Conversely, a lower value could result in significant
platelet loss, but lower WBC contamination. The default value is 1, which corresponds
with 38 ml/min/sec. A P/WC value of 0 causes the pump to stop immediately. Otherwise,
the deceleration rate is calculated by [(10-P/WC) • 4.2].
13. Once the pump speed has decreased to 80 ml/min, the collection valve closes in SDP (or
stays open in PLP), the centrifuge breaks to a stop, and the blood pump stops. At this point,
the return cycle begins.
Note: All thirteen steps will occur on subsequent Draw cycles, with the exception of step 4 (prim-
ing the Surge line).
3-51
Home
Chapter 3, Principles of Operation — The MCS®+: Application Mode MCS®/MCS®+ Service Manual
THE MCS®+: APPLICATION MODE

After the system start-up tests have been successfully completed, the MCS®+ transitions to
the application mode of operation. After answering a few questions about the intended pro-
cedure, the disposable set is loaded onto the MCS®+, the disposable set is primed with anti-
coagulant (ACD), and the operating system transitions to the Ready state.
Recovery Procedure
The following steps are recommended in the event of a power failure or system fault to the
MCS®+.
Note: If a safety error is detected by the MCS®+, the recovery procedure will be discontinued un-
less a technical support representative determines that the machine is safe to operate.
Note: In the event of power failure, spill detection, or watchdog error, perform a “Power Off Re-
covery” procedure.
1. Record the information on the display screen.

2. Power off the MCS®+. (Even if the power has been restored, the recovery should begin with
the MCS®+ power entry module in the off position.)
3. Contact Haemonetics for technical support at (800) 537-2802.
4. Close the red slide clamps on both the donor pressure and the system pressure monitor
lines. Assure that the lines are clamped off prior to disconnecting them from the ports.
Note: Clamping the pressure monitor lines prior to disconnection will assure that the pressure
within the lines will remain the same as prior to the system failure. The MCS®+ will not reca-
librate properly if the lines are not clamped off and proper operation of these components
cannot be guaranteed.
5. Remove the plasma bag from the plasma weigher.

6. Power on the MCS®+.
The MCS®+ will begin to perform the same wake-up diagnostics as in all procedures. Imme-
diately before the valves are tested, diagnostics will be interrupted, and the MCS®+ will dis-
play the following:

PRESS YES TO START NEW PROCEDURE
PRESS NO TO RESTORE PROCEDURE
If YES is pressed, the MCS®+ will continue the diagnostics as usual. A new procedure can
continue when the machine displays the following prompt:
3-52
Home
*SDP3
*FFP
If NO is selected, the machine will continue with diagnostics, beginning immediately after
the valve test.
Note: To assure the operator has selected the appropriate recovery, the machine will prompt the
operator to verify selection. The operator must respond to the following message:

PROCEDURE RECOVERY
ABOUT TO START
PRESS YES TO CONFIRM
PRESS NO TO ABORT
At the completion of diagnostics, the MCS®+ will advance to the following message, at
which time the operator can reconnect the disposable:
PROTOCOL SELECTION
(PROTOCOL)
PLEASE INSTALL AND UNCLAMP
THE DPM AND SPM FILTERS
7. Replace the plasma bag on the plasma weigher near the end of the weigher arms.
8. Connect and unclamp the DPM and SPM.
9. Open the centrifuge cover. Pressing the relief valve on the lower back panel of the ma-
chine, lift the bowl out of the centrifuge well and reseat it. Close the centrifuge cover.
Once the disposable is completely installed, the MCS®+ will advance to READY with the
current procedure values displayed.
10. Press DRAW or RETURN to continue the procedure.
Note: If the bowl is greater than one-third full, it should be emptied before continuing the recov-
ery procedure. Blood in the bowl may interfere with optic function. In addition, be sure that
the vacuum switch is activated.
Note: It may be necessary to reprogram protocol parameters.
If the MCS®+ is unable to locate correct procedure data, a new procedure can begin but no
previous procedure data will be available. The following message will display:

NO RECOVERY DATA AVAILABLE
3-53
Home
In the event of other system faults, perform a quick recovery procedure (see the following
section).
Quick Recovery Procedure

In the event of power loss or system fault, perform a “quick recovery” procedure:
1. Record the information on the display screen. Press YES to resume procedure. Press NO
for procedure statistics.
2. A confirmation will appear on the screen. Press YES/NO accordingly.
3. The MCS®+ will begin to perform wake-up diagnostics.
4. At the completion of the diagnostics, the MCS®+ will advance to the following message:
***WARNING***
PROCESSING HAS BEEN INTERRUPTED
BOWL SHOULD BE EMPTIED
PRESS RETURN TO CONTINUE
5. Once return is complete, processing will resume.
Protocol Selection
The MCS®+ operating system has two protocol options: Platelets and Fresh Frozen Plasma.
The Platelet Protocol collects a single or double platelet concentrate suspended in plasma.
The Platelet/Plasma Protocol collects a platelet concentrate suspended in plasma, plus a
platelet poor plasma collection. The Fresh Frozen Plasma Protocol collects a plasma con-
centrate.
Protocol selection takes place before a procedure begins, and cannot be changed after Draw
begins. The protocol is changed by pressing the PROTOCOL key to move the protocol selec-
tion arrow, and then pressing the YES key.
PLEASE SELECT PROTOCOL

-> *SDP3
*FFP
3-54
Home
All valves are open to ease disposable tubing installation.
SDP3
BOWL INSTALLED
COVER CLOSED
DPM INSTALLED
SPM INSTALLED
PLEASE INSTALL DISPOSABLE
Although there are quite a few steps to installing the disposable, the key steps that are moni-
tored are bowl installation, cover closure, and DPM and SPM filter installation.
The bowl optics detect the bowl as it is placed in the centrifuge well, causing the centrifuge
vacuum pump to turn on. When the bowl is properly seated against the centrifuge quad ring,
the vacuum pulls the bowl tight against the chuck, creating an air tight seal. When the vac-
uum reaches approximately -9 ±1 PSI, the centrifuge vacuum switch trips, signaling that the
bowl is securely loaded.
The DPM and SPM interlocks detect when the DPM and SPM filters are installed by monitor-
ing the position of the white plungers. When both plungers are depressed, the filters are con-
sidered loaded.
When these four criteria are satisfied and an asterisk appears, the entire disposable is consid-
ered loaded. A reminder message is displayed pointing out the other important disposable
loading steps.

• PUMPS AND VALVES ARE LOADED
• AC BAG IS SPIKED
• NEEDLE SLIDE CLAMP IS CLOSED
• SAMPLE POUCH LINE IS CLOSED
PRESS PRIME
Prime
The anticoagulant line is primed with anticoagulant to prevent the possibility of platelet
coagulation in the disposable at the beginning of the procedure. Anticoagulant is primed
through the anticoagulant line and up to the DLAD1 at the rate of 30 ml/min. If the DPM
pressure exceeds a range of -5 to -10 mmHg, the blood pump speed is increased or
decreased by 5 ml/min to control the pressure difference until the pressure is back within
range. If the pressure falls below -10 mmHg, the blood pump speed is reduced to 25 ml/min.
If the pressure rises above -5 mmHg, the blood pump speed is increased to 35 ml/min.
Certain volume limits are monitored to signal when disposable setup or flow problems are
evident. The ACAD must sense fluid within 8 ml, and the DLAD1 must sense fluid within
40 ml of the beginning of Prime.
3-55
Home
AIR IN ANTICOAGULANT LINE

AIR IN DONOR LINE 1

The DPM is also monitored to ensure the system pressure stays within a -50 to +50 mmHg
pressure range. Pressures outside of these limits could mean kinks in the disposable tubing.
HIGH PRESSURE DURING PRIME

PROPER INSTALLATION
LOW PRESSURE DURING PRIME

PROPER INSTALLATION
When the pressure extreme is brought under control, Prime can continue.
PRESSURE IS RELIEVED
Prime is complete when the DLAD1 senses fluid. This represents the end of the MCS®+ test
and setup sequence.
At this time, the MCS®+ transitions to the Ready state and a new screen layout is displayed.
3-56
Home
This layout is used during the three operational states: Draw, Return, and Ready.
SDP -3 1
READY
2 4
3
1
DPM
0 0 0 0 9
0
5 6 7 8
1. Donor icon — shows flow direction on left arm by adding arrows

2. Protocol ID — shows current protocol selection
3. Status message — indicates current state of operation; communicates events or problems
as they occur
4. Pass counter — indicates current pass number
5. Pump speed — indicates current pump speed and recirculation pump speed
6. Plasma volume — indicates current plasma volume as measured by the weigher
7. Platelet volume — indicates current platelet volume as calculated by the weigher during
collection in Surge
8. Volume processed — indicates total volume of anticoagulated whole blood processed
9. DPM indicator — indicates relative donor pressure; 0 mmHg is at center scale in Ready
and Draw and is at the base in Return
Membrane Panel Key Definition

PROTOCOL
Allows the operator to select a protocol from the displayed menu. The MCS®+ makes the lat-
est protocol selection its default.
PRIME
Initiates the Prime sequence following disposable installation.
DRAW
Starts the Draw cycle.
RETURN
Starts the Return cycle.
3-57
Home
STOP
Stops the pumps and the centrifuge, closes applicable valves and switches the machine to
the Ready mode.
MODIFY
Allows modification of parameters before and during a procedure without interruption.
SAVE
Saves the parameter in nonvolatile memory so that when the machine is turned off the
parameter is retained. This key is only used in the modify and utilities modes.
YES/NO
Use to increase/decrease parameter values and answer questions in the modify and utilities
modes. To change numerical values, either key is held down until the right value is reached.
PUMP START/STOP
Stops/starts both pumps. Each time the key is pressed the state of the pumps is toggled.
CUFF
Inflates/deflates the cuff. When INFLATE is pressed, the cuff pressurizes to the programmed
value.
VALVE KEYS
V1 (Cuff), V2 (Pump Start/Stop), V3, V4 (Plasma), V5 (Cells), V6 (Pump Slew Down),
V7 (Pump Slew Up)
Manually open/close valves. Each time a key is pressed, its state toggles. The system has a
safeguard which prevents all valves from closing when the pumps are turning, in order to
prevent excessive pressure in the bowl and potentially blow a seal.
3-58
Home
Ready
The Ready state is the operating state the MCS®+ is in when it has completed its system start-
up tests and setup, and whenever it isn’t in a processing state such as Draw or Return. When
progressing from the system start-up tests, the protocol can still be changed by pressing the
protocol key. At any time when in Ready, the platelet and plasma valves and the cuff can be
controlled by pressing the associated keys. The programming keys can be used to modify
protocol parameters. The MCS®+ can be put into the Draw or Return state by pressing the
associated key.
SDP -3 1
READY
DPM
0 0 0 0
0
The pumps can be turned manually, and all valves can be opened manually without causing
a state error. The DPM pressure is monitored for excessive pressure in the donor line. If the
DPM pressure exceeds 100 mmHg, the MCS®+ disables all functions and displays a warn-
ing.
HIGH PRESSURE IN DONOR LINE

RELIEVE PRESS. BEFORE PHLEBOTOMY
When pressure is relieved, the MCS®+ returns to the Ready state.
Modify Program
Modify program is a temporary state used to modify protocol parameters. It is not necessary
to enter this state before processing begins. This state can usually be entered when the
MCS®+ is operating in Ready, Draw, or Return. The only time modify program cannot be
entered is during Draw when the surge line is priming, or during Surge or Flow problems.
Whenever an event occurs that results in a displayed message, the modify state is automati-
cally exited to make sure the displayed information is recognized. This may occur several
times during normal operation as well as when an error or warning message is displayed.
Modify program uses a dynamic menu, in which available options change based on the
operating protocol and the setting of some of the protocol parameters. The easiest way to
illustrate this is with a flowchart. Each protocol modify menu is illustrated in one of the fol-
lowing flowcharts. Each protocol parameter includes its range of values, and the factory
default value.
3-59
Home
Figure 3-25, Single Donor Platelets Modify Flowchart
Single Donor
Platelets
Cuff Pressure
(0-100)
Default = 50

(500-7000) (1-15)
P/WC Factor
(0-5)
Default = 1
Ratio
(1:8-1:16)
Default = 1:10
Draw Speed
(20-100)
Default = 80
Return Speed
(20-150)
Default = 80
Centrifuge Speed
(3000-5100)
Default = 4800
Loop to beginning
3-60
Home
Figure 3-26, Platelet/Plasma Modify Flowchart
Platelets / Plasma
Cuff Pressure
(0-100)
Default = 50

(0-5000) (1-8)
Plasma Collection
(0-500)
Default = 225
Plasma/Cycle
(0-500)
Default = 125
P/WC Factor
(0-5)
Default = 1
Ratio
(1:8-1:16)
Default = 1:10
Draw Speed
(20-100)
Default = 80
Return Speed
(20-150)
Default = 80
Centrifuge Speed
(3000-5100)
Default = 4800
Loop to beginning
3-61
Home
Figure 3-27, Fresh Frozen Plasma Modify Flowchart
Fresh Frozen Plasma
Cuff Pressure
(0-200)
Default = 50
Plasma / Cycle
(0-500)
Default = 300
Plasma Collection
(0-1000)
Default = 500
Target Plasma
(80-100%)
Default = 100%
Line Sensor T rip %

(30-95%)
Default = 70%
Ratio
(1:8-1:20)
Default = 1:16
Draw Speed
(20-100)
Default = 80
Return Speed
(20-150)
Default = 80
Centrifuge Speed
(3000-6000)
Default = 5650
Loop to beginning
3-62
Home
Figure 3-28, Mononuclear Cells Modify Flowchart
Mononuclear Cells
Cuff Pressure
(0–100), Default = 50
End on Volume End on Cycles

(0–32,000) (1–30)
Default = 10,000 Default = 16
Draw Pump Speed

(20–100)
Default = 80
Return Pump Speed

(20–150)
Default = 100
Transfer Pump Speed

(120–250)
Default = 150
A/C to Blood Ratio

(1:8–1:16)
Default = 1:10
Collection Threshold
(10%–95%)
Default = 85%
Collection Draw Rate

(5–100)
Default = 20
End Collection Threshold

(10%–95%)
Default = 35%
Collection Delay Volume

(0–150)
Default = 40
Final Collection Delay Volume

(0–500)
Default = 150
Centrifuge Speed
(3000–5100)
Default = 4800
Loop to beginning
3-63
Home
Modify program is entered by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key. The dynamic menu is
scrolled through by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key. The YES and NO keys are used to
change the selected program parameter variables. After making a change, the change is
automatically saved for the current procedure by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key
again to scroll to the next menu item, or by pressing DRAW, RETURN, or STOP to enter that
state of operation. The displayed parameter change can be saved permanently by pressing
the SAVE PROGRAM key before pressing MODIFY PROGRAM, DRAW, RETURN, or STOP.
The new parameter value will become the new protocol default value until changed again.
The changes made in the Modify Program state are stored in the NVRAM IC located on the
CPU card. Therefore, if the CPU card is replaced, the protocol parameters will be reset to
their default values (or they may become the values already stored in the NVRAM IC if the
CPU card was previously installed in another MCS®+).
Protocol Information
The following pages contain information regarding key events that occur during protocol
operation. Detailed protocol operation is beyond the scope of this manual, however current
information regarding protocol setup and operation can be found in the MCS®+ Owners and
Operators Manual.
Single Donor Platelets

The following table shows the clinical specifications for the Single Donor Platelets (SDP3)
Protocol for the MCS®+.
The following section provides an overview of the sequence of operation for the Single
Donor Platelets Protocol for the MCS ®+.
Prime
After the machine performs a series of self-tests, the user is prompted to install the dispos-
able. Once the machine recognizes that the disposable is installed, the following message
will be displayed:

PUMPS ARE LOADED
ACD BAG IS SPIKED
NEEDLE SLIDE CLAMP IS CLOSED
SAMPLE POUCH LINE IS CLOSED
PRESS PRIME
When the PRIME button is pressed, the blood and ACD pumps will turn clockwise, drawing
ACD through the tubing until DLAD1 detects fluid.
3-64
Home
Haemo Calculator: platelet predictor

When the machine has finished the Prime sequence, the following screen will be displayed:
HAEMO CALCULATOR
PLEASE INPUT DONOR INFORMATION:
==> SEX : F
HEIGHT : 65 IN.
WEIGHT: 150 LBS.
BLOOD VOLUME: 4035 MLS.
The first three parameters (sex, height, and weight) are used to calculate the fourth parame-
ter, blood volume. The user can change each parameter using the up/down arrow keys found
in the programming section on the key panel. The user presses the MODIFY PROGRAM key
to advance to the next parameter. It is not possible to return to the previous parameter. While
each parameter is modified, the calculation of blood volume is automatically updated. After
the weight is adjusted, the machine advances to the next screen:
HAEMO CALCULATOR
PLEASE INPUT DONOR INFORMATION:
HEMATOCRIT: 40%
PLATELET PRECOUNT: 250 ,000/UL
The donor hematocrit and platelet precount are entered in the same fashion as the sex,
height, and weight. The donor hematocrit is used to calculate the recirculation rate. The
donor platelet precount is used for the platelet predictor. After the precount is entered, the
machine advances to the next screen:
HAEMO CALCULATOR
PLEASE PROGRAM DESIRED VARIABLE:
YIELD (ESTIMATED): 4.010E11
VOLUME PROCESSED: 3450MLS.
The user has the option of changing either the estimated platelet yield or the volume pro-
cessed. Because these two parameters are dependent on each other, when one is changed
the other will automatically be updated. The volume processed is rounded off to the next
highest 50 ml (i.e., 3543 ml, as well as 3512 ml, in the calculation will become 3550 ml on
the screen). After volume processed is adjusted the machine will advance to the READY
mode. In summary, the adjustable Haemo Calculator parameters are shown in Table 3-4:
3-65
Home
Table 3-4: Haemo Calculator Parameters
Parameters Range Default Steps Description
Sex M/F F — Sex of donor.
Height 48–96 in. 65 in. 1 Height of donor.

Weight 100–999 lbs 150 1 Weight of donor.
Hematocrit 30–60% 40 1 Hematocrit of donor.
Platelet Precount 150,000– 250,000 1000 Platelet precount of donor.

600,000 uL
Yield (estimated) 0.0 x 1011– 4.0 0.1 Estimated platelet yield in final prod-
9.9 x 1011 uct.
Volume Processed 500–8500 ml 3450 50 Estimated volume to be processed.
Table 3-5: Modify Parameters, SDP3 Protocol
Cuff Pressure 0–100 mmHg 60 5 Donor cuff pressure.
Volume Processed 500–7000 ml 4000 ml 50 Volume of anticoagulated whole

blood to be processed.
Keep Plasma Yes/No No — Determines whether plasma will be

left over at end of procedure.
Plasma Collection 0–500 ml 0 10 Determines total plasma maintained
at end of procedure.
Max. Plt./Plasma 600–800 ml 700 50 Maximum total product volume col-

Volume lected during procedure.
Saline Compensation Yes/No No — Determines whether saline will be

return to donor.
Saline Volume 0–100 ml 40 4 Amount of saline returned to donor.
Collection Delay 0–60 ml 60 1 Maximum volume pumped during

Volume Surge before platelet collection.
Platelet Threshold % 0–100 87 1 Point at which collection of platelets

begins.
Platelet/White Cell 0–5 1 1 Point at which collection of platelets

Factor ends.
A/C:Blood Ratio 1:8–1:16 1:9 1 Ratio of A/C pump speed to blood

pump speed during Draw.
3-66
Home
Table 3-5: Modify Parameters, SDP3 Protocol
Draw Speed 20–100 ml/min 80 5 Default draw pump speed.

60 (Rev. C) Visible in READY and RETURN.
Return Speed 20–150 ml/min 80 5 Default return pump speed.
90 (Rev. C) Visible in READY and DRAW.
Critical Flow 40–100 ml 55 1 Noncellular flow rate into bowl of

plasma and anticoagulant.
CF Minimum Volume 18–150 ml 1 5 Volume of plasma kept between

Plasma cycles used for plasma recirculation.
Centrifuge Speed 3000–6000 rpm 4800 25 Centrifuge speed.
Note: “Target Plasma Volume” parameter only available for PLP.
After the last modifiable parameter is accessed, the machine will advance to the READY
screen.
Several additional parameters can be adjusted using the Configuration screen of Utilities.
Utilities are accessed by holding down the Plasma valve key during power-up. The Configu-
ration mode is entered by scrolling down to Configuration using the MODIFY PROGRAM
key and pressing DRAW. The memory protection switch should then be changed. The plate-
let efficiency and other parameters are accessed by scrolling to SDP3/SDP3 Parameters using
the MODIFY PROGRAM key and then pressing DRAW. Each of the parameters can then be
changed using the up/down arrow keys in the same way they are when using the MODIFY
PROGRAM key in normal operating mode. Utilities can be exited by pressing the STOP key
twice, changing the memory protection switch, and pressing the STOP key again. The
parameters available in Configuration mode are shown in the table 3-6:
Table 3-6: Configuration Parameters,SDP3 Protocol
Critical Flow 1–100 74 1 Constant noncellular fluid flow

55 (Rev. C) through the buffy coat to help sepa-
rate platelets.
Dwell Pump Speed 10–150 100 5 Plasma pump rate during Dwell.
Dwell Time 10–60 sec 30 1 Length of the Dwell phase of collec-
tion.
Dwell Spill Delta 0–10 2 1 Sensitivity to PLT Spill during Dwell.
B.O. Trip % 0–100% 50% 1 % of B.O. plasma to trip to Dwell.

End Platelet Coll. % 0–100% 50% 5 Percentage of the line sensor curve
which will determine the end of
platelet collection.
3-67
Home
Table 3-6: Configuration Parameters,SDP3 Protocol
Max Collection Volume 0–100 ml 60 1 Maximum PLT collection volume pre

pass.
Platelet Efficiency 0–100% 55 1 Average platelet efficiency used to
calculate the Haemo Calculator
parameters.
Smart Return Vol 1 0–300 ml 50 5 Bowl volume to slow pump down to

80 ml/min.
Smart Return Vol 2 0–100 ml 35 5 Volume after Rtn Vol 1 to start transfer
of plasma.
Smart Return Xfer Volume 0–100 ml 50 5 Volume of plasma to transfer into the
bowl.
Centrifuge Brake Delta 25–1000 50 5 Centrifuge brake ramp down rate.

rpm/.5sec
Cent Brake Valve Time 0–60 sec 30 1 Time to close plasma valve after start
of centrifuge brake.
Drip High Limit 13–20 (%/10) 20 1 130–200% of nominal (40 drips/2

pump revolutions).
Drip Low Limit 0–7 (%/10) 5 1 0–70% of nominal (40 drips/2 pump
revolutions).
Residual Volume 0-100 ml 45 1 Amount of volume left in bowl so that

recirc or transfer end before bowl is
empty.
Draw
The ACD pump adds ACD to the whole blood that is pumped into the bowl. Sterile air from
the bowl is transferred into the platelets bag (except during the MNC protocol).
After 40 ml of blood has been processed, the bowl optics voltage off the core of the bowl is
taken. This is called the “clear bowl reference.” Fluid is detected by the bowl optics when
the bowl optics voltage is 50% of the “clear bowl reference.”
As soon as the volume processed is greater than 330 ml and there is more than 10 ml of
plasma collected, the recirc pump is active and begins to recirculate plasma at a rate depen-
dent on the draw pump speed, ACD ratio, and donor hematocrit. For subsequent passes, the
recirc pump recirculates plasma from the beginning of the DRAW cycle because plasma is
saved in the plasma bag during the RETURN cycle.
After an additional 50 ml of blood is processed, the bowl optics voltage from plasma in the
bowl is taken. This is called the “bowl optics plasma reference.”
As the buffy coat and red cells reach the bowl optics, the voltage drops. When the bowl
optics voltage reaches 65% of the “bowl optics plasma reference,” a “line sensor plasma ref-
erence” is taken.
3-68
Home
Dwell and Surge

The bowl optics voltage continues to drop as more blood is processed. When 50% of the
“Bowl Optics Plasma Reference” is reached, the blood pump stops and the recirc pump
recirculates plasma at 100 ml/min for 15 seconds. This phase of the cycle is called DWELL.
After Dwell, the Surge phase begins. During Surge, the recirc pump speed increases until the
peak is detected (its maximum speed is 250 ml/min) and the line sensor reading drops below
65% of the plasma reference. The pump then slows to 36 ml/min/0.9 sec and the line sensor
value begins to rise again. Once surge Speed reached 80 ml/min the pump is stopped and
the platelet valve is closed.
During Surge when the line sensor detects that platelets are being expressed, the plasma
valve closes, a plasma weigher reading is taken, the platelet valve opens, and platelets are
collected.
When the line sensor determines the end of collection, the platelet valve closes and the cen-
trifuge brakes.
Return
If it is not the last pass, then 100 ml of plasma will be retained in the plasma bag. If it is the
last pass, all the plasma will be returned to the donor. During the Return cycle, plasma is
pumped via the recirc pump and simultaneously mixed with the packed RBC's that are emp-
tied from the bowl via the blood pump. The blood and recirc pumps are synchronized so
that when the blood pump increases in speed the recirc pump increases according to a
blood-pump–to–Surge-pump ratio. This ensures that all the necessary plasma is returned to
the donor before the bowl is empty of RBC's.
At the beginning of the Return cycle both the plasma and platelet valves are closed until
either the SPM pressure reaches -30 mmHg or 25 ml of fluid are returned. The plasma valve
then opens. Near the end of the cycle, the plasma and platelet valves close until the SPM
pressure reaches -30 mmHg or 25 ml are returned. The platelet valve then opens for 4 ml
then closes. The plasma valve reopens and the remaining RBC's in the bowl are returned to
the donor. The recirc pump is synchronized with the blood pump so that the plasma is
returned prior to the bowl completely emptying of RBC's.
Table 3-7: List of Variables
Variable Description Units
BV Donor Blood Volume ml
H Donor Height inches
W Donor Weight pounds

Y Estimated PLT Yield x 1011
ACD ACD-to-Blood Ratio 1:ACD
VP Estimated Process Volume ml
PE Machine Efficiency %
PRE Donor Preplatelet Count x 103/uL
3-69
Home
Fresh Frozen Plasma

AIR AIR/PLASMA PLASMA
LINE SENSOR VOL TAGE LEVEL
PUMP
SPEED
1 2 3 4
TIME
Figure 3-29, FFP Protocol Draw Sequence
The fresh frozen plasma protocol provides the option for collection of a plasma concentrate
of approximately 500 ml for use in any fresh frozen plasma application.
1. As soon as the Draw cycle begins, the line sensor indicates to the computer what is hap-
pening in the bowl. The centrifuge and pumps begins turning, the MCS®+ fills the dispos-
able centrifuge with anticoagulated whole blood, and the message “Filling Bowl” is
displayed.
2. After all the sterile air has been displaced, the plasma, detected by the line sensor, begins
to overflow and is sent directly to the plasma bag, as indicated by the “Collecting Plasma”
message.
Note: The line sensor trip % can be modified (from 20% to 95%) to vary the purity of the plasma.
3. When the line sensor detects the “line sensor trip %,” the weigher detects the “plasma per
cycle” setting is achieved, or the weigher indicates the collection to be at the “target plas-
ma %,” collection ends. “Ending Collection” is displayed.
4. The blood pump gradually reduces its speed. “Centrifuge Braking” is displayed. The pumps
stop and the centrifuge brakes with the plasma valve open until the centrifuge speed reach-
es 2000 rpm. The valve then closes and the centrifuge comes to a halt. At this point the
return cycle begins.
At the start of the return cycle, the MCS®+ returns the red blood cells and buffy coat from the
bowl. “Returning Cells” is displayed. Return continues until all the RBC’s have been returned
to the donor.
Once the BLAD detects air, “Ending Return” is displayed and the pump slows to a speed of
40 ml/min to allow additional blood to empty from the filter chamber. These steps in the
flow process are repeated until the programmed parameters are achieved.
3-70
Home
Upon completion of the final return, fresh frozen plasma statistics, including total volume
processed, total plasma, and anticoagulant used, are displayed.
Table 3-8: Modifiable Parameters, Fresh Frozen Plasma
Cuff Pressure 0–100 mmHg 50 5 Donor cuff pressure.

Plasma/Cycle 0–500 g 125 1 Plasma kept each
cycle.
Plasma Collection 0–1000 g 500 1 Total plasma weight

for current proce-
dure.
Plasma Weight % 80–100 100 1 Prevent starting

another cycle if the
actual weight is
within this parame-
ter.
Line Sensor Trip % 20–95 70% 1 Allow the user to

change the trip point
percentage.
A/C:Pump Ratio 1:8–1:20 1:16 1 ACD pump to blood
pump ratio
Draw Speed 20–100 ml/min 80 5 Default draw pump

speed. Visible in
Ready and Draw.
Return Speed 20–150 ml/min 80 5 Default return pump

speed. Visible in
Ready and Draw.
Centrifuge speed 2000–6000 rpm 5650 25 Protocol centrifuge
speed
3-71
Home
CHAPTER 4
Preventive Maintenance
INITIAL INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Ensure Initial Operational Integrity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Record the Program Revision Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
SYSTEM CLEANING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Centrifuge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Line Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Membrane Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Donor Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Air Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
SPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
DPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Outside of Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
EQUIPMENT INTEGRITY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Electrical Connections Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Pneumatic Connections Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Hardware Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
CONSUMABLES REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
CALIBRATION TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Power Supply Voltages Test — MCS® Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Power Supply Voltages Test — MCS®+ Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Valves Test — MCS® Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Valves Test — MCS®+ Only. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Pneumatic Pinch Valve Pressure Test — MCS®+ Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Pneumatic Pressure Check — MCS®+ Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Weigher Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
DPM and SPM Sensor Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Cuff Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Display Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Keyboard Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Fluid Sensor Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Centrifuge Cover and Lock Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Home
Chapter 4, Preventive Maintenance MCS®/MCS®+ Service Manual
Centrifuge Vacuum Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15

Centrifuge Acceleration and Deceleration Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16
Donor Lights Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16
Line Sensor Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16
Optics Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16
Air Sensor Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17
Safety System Pressure Test and Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17
MCS®/MCS®+ System Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17
Centrifuge Vibration Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18
Leakage Current Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18
Ground Continuity Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18
CALIBRATION PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Pneumatic System Pressure Calibration — MCS®+ Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
Power Supply Voltages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
Bowl Optics Signal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-20
Line Sensor Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21
A/D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-22
Centrifuge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-24
Safety System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-24
4-2
Home
® ®+
Chapter 4, Preventive Maintenance MCS /MCS Service Manual
INITIAL INSPECTION
Visual Inspection
Inspect the following items to ensure that they appear to be in good working order and do
not have obvious scratches, dents, broken or missing hardware. Note physical damage and
missing or loose hardware on the service report. Tighten and/or replace hardware as neces-
sary. Scratched and/or dented hardware need not be replaced unless the damage interferes
with the operation of the machine.
• Outside of cabinet
• Screws for front and back panels (three in front and three in back)
• Cooling fans (mounted on rear panel)
• Pressure cuff (check for fatigue — cracking of the tubing or the cuff material and/or
leaks when pressurized indicate the need for replacement)
• Membrane panel
• Pump rotors
• Pump rotor screws (one in the center of each rotor)
• Tubing guides
• Weigher arm
• Screw for weigher arm (at the pivot point of the weigher arm)
• Centrifuge cover
• Screws in the hinge of the centrifuge cover
• Thumb screw cap (if missing, check that the screw in the center of the thumb screw
is still in place and tight)
• Line sensor
• Line sensor cap
• Air detectors
• System pressure monitor
• Donor pressure monitor
Ensure Initial Operational Integrity

Power on the MCS®/MCS®+ and ensure that it passes the initialization and safety system tests
before operating the machine. This will assure you and the customer that the machine was
operational before it was tested and alleviate any doubt as to whether the service techni-
cian’s adjustments caused a problem should the machine fail to operate properly after the
preventive maintenance is complete.
Record the Program Revision Level

The program revision level is displayed on the screen during the self-test of the machine just
after the centrifuge interlock switch is tested. Watch for this revision level after you complete
the opening and closing of the centrifuge cover as instructed on the display by the machine.
4-3
Home
SYSTEM CLEANING
Centrifuge
Well
Clean the centrifuge well using disinfectant cleaner. Spraying the cleaner into the centrifuge
well is acceptable.
Fluid Sensor
Using disinfectant cleaner applied to a paper towel or soft cloth dampened with water, clean
the fluid sensor located on the side of the centrifuge well. Dry the fluid sensor after cleaning.
Quad Ring
1. Remove quad ring and inspect for nicks or cuts. Replace if necessary.
2. Clean the quad ring, quad ring channel, and the base of the centrifuge with disinfectant
cleaner.
3. Lubricate the quad ring with a small amount of Dow Corning High Vacuum Silicone
Grease.
4. Reinstall the quad ring. Ensure that it is not twisted and that it is evenly installed into the
groove, with no high spots or bumps.
Optic Lens
the optic window and ensure that it is free of all substances that may affect the transmission
of light.
Drain Tube
Ensure that the drain tube is free from obstructions that would inhibit the flow of fluid from
the centrifuge to the drain cup.
Cover
the centrifuge cover.
Pumps
Rotors and Rollers
Remove the rotor assembly from each pump and wash in warm soapy water. Ensure that all
the rollers spin freely. If they do not, let the rotor soak for one hour and then check again.
Replace if necessary. Rinse the rotor thoroughly, and dry it completely before reinstalling in
the machine. If available, use compressed air to dry the rotors.
4-4
Home
® ®+
Pump Cavity
the pump cavity. Do not spray the cleaner directly into the pump cavity.
Pump Shaft
1. Using disinfectant cleaner applied to a paper towel or soft cloth dampened with water,
clean the pump shaft.
2. Reinstall rotors.
Line Sensor
the line sensor housing. Also, clean the line sensor lens and ensure that it is free of all
substances that may affect the transmission of light.
Membrane Panel
any contamination from the membrane panel and display. Do not spray cleaner directly on
the front panel display.
Deck
any contamination from the deck area.
Donor Lights
any contamination from both sets of donor lights.
Air Sensors
any contamination from the air sensors on the deck and front panel.
SPM
1. Remove the white sleeve from the system pressure monitor by grasping it firmly in your
hand and pulling it straight forward from the machine. Using disinfectant cleaner applied
to a paper towel or soft cloth dampened with water, clean any contamination from the
sleeve.
2. Reinstall the white sleeve. Using the palm of your hand, apply a small amount of pressure
against the sleeve until it clicks into place.
4-5
Home
DPM
1. Remove the white sleeve from the donor pressure monitor by grasping it firmly in your
hand and pulling it straight forward from the machine. Using disinfectant cleaner applied
to a paper towel or soft cloth dampened with water, clean any contamination from the
sleeve.
2. Reinstall the white sleeve. Using the palm of your hand, apply a small amount of pressure
against the sleeve until it clicks into place.
Outside of Cabinet
any contamination from the outside of the cabinet.
EQUIPMENT INTEGRITY INSPECTION

Electrical Connections Inspection
1. Disassemble the line cord plug and inspect the electrical connections at the plug.
2. Remove the front and the back panels to gain access to the internal components.
3. Inspect for loose or broken electrical connections on all major assemblies. Tighten or
repair as required.
Pneumatic Connections Inspection

Inspect the pneumatic connections at the vacuum pump, cuff compressor, in-line filter,
centrifuge connection, and dump valve. Tighten and repair as required.
Note: On the MCS®+, inspect the pneumatic valve connections, the manifold assembly connec-
tions on the top deck distribution board, and the valve compressor assembly connections.
Hardware Inspection
1. Inspect for loose or missing mounting hardware. Tighten and repair as required.
2. Inspect the centrifuge drain tubes for proper placement. Ensure that there is unobstructed
passage for fluids from the centrifuge.
3. Inspect the centrifuge mounting location to ensure that the centrifuge does not contact
the deck. There should be a clearance of at least 1/8” between the centrifuge and the deck
cavity all the way around the centrifuge and a visible gap between the base of the centri-
fuge rim and the deck surface.
CONSUMABLES REPLACEMENT
Filter Replacement
Replace each of the following filters. Refer to the repair parts list in Appendix B for correct
part numbers.
• The three air filters on the bottom of the machine.

• The hydrophobic filter in the vacuum port of the centrifuge spindle.
• The in-line filter to the vacuum pump in the rear access.
• The two cuff compressor filters on the front panel.
• The filters on the pneumatic valve system (MCS®+ only)
4-6
Home
® ®+
CALIBRATION TESTING
The components in the MCS®/MCS®+ generate enough heat that some circuits may drift if
the cooling system is not intact. For this reason, the rear panel should always be propped
into place whenever direct access through the rear opening is not necessary. The cooling
system is even more efficient when both panels are in place, but it may be impractical to
repeatedly remove and replace the front panel. If a voltage measurement is needed, be sure
the internal temperature has stabilized before testing.
Power Supply Voltages Test — MCS® Only

1. Power on the MCS® in the Utilities mode of operation by pressing and holding the PLAS-
MA key while switching the power on. Hold the PLASMA key until the Utilities menu ap-
pears on the display.
2. Measure the power supply voltages at P507 on the backplane card. See Table 3-1.
Table 4-1: MCS® Test Points on P507
Voltage Test Point (pin #)

P507
+ 5.1 + 0.1 / – 0 8 or 9 8 1
9 2
+ 15.0 ± 0.5 10 10 3
11 4
– 15.0 ± 0.5 11 12 5
13 6
+ 28.0 + 1.0 / – 0.2 12 or 13
14 7
+ 47 to + 57 14
Note: Use pin 7 for DC common.
Power Supply Voltages Test — MCS®+ Only

1. Power on the MCS®+ in the Utilities mode of operation by pressing and holding the
PLASMA key while switching the power on. Hold the PLASMA key until the Utilities
menu appears on the display.
2. Measure the power supply voltages at P507 on the backplane card. Use pin 7 for
DC common. See Table 3-2.
Table 4-2: MCS®+ Test Points on P507
P507
8 1
+ 5.15 ±0.05 8 or 9 9 2
10 3
+ 15.0 ± 0.5 10 11 4
12 5
– 15.0 ± 0.5 11 13 6
14 7
+ 27.8 to 29.0 12 or 13
+ 47 to + 57 14
Note: Pins 1 through 7 are common.
4-7
Home
Valves Test — MCS® Only

1. Select Diagnostics on the Utilities menu by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key until
the arrow points to Diagnostics, then press the DRAW key.
2. Select the valve test by using the MODIFY and DRAW keys.
3. Open all four valves by pressing the PLATELET, PLASMA, SURGE, and CUFF keys.
4. Insert 0.170" tubing into each valve, then press the DRAW key to start cycling the valves.
5. Allow valves to cycle for at least one minute, then press the STOP key. Verify that no
errors have accumulated in the error log. If errors exist, determine which valve is causing
the error by running the cycle test again. Isolate problem to power (Eng./De-eng.),
position switch (Open/Closed), or valve current (High-current). Refer to Chapter 6,
Troubleshooting. Haemonetics does not recommend adjusting the valve position switch.
6. Exit the valve test by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key.
Valves Test — MCS®+ Only

Enter Test Mode
Press the MODIFY PROGRAM key once and then the DRAW key to select the valve test. The
following display appears:
VA LV E S
VA LV E 1 C D L VA LV E 5 C D L
VA LV E 4 C D L
I N T E RVA L : 8 PNEU P: XXX

E RROR S : 0
Test Valve 1
1. Press the CUFF key once and the following display appears:
VA LV E S
VA LV E 1 O E L VA LV E 5 C D L
VA LV E 4 C D L

E R RO R S : 0
2. Install a length of IV tubing through the open pinch Valve 1 and attach one end to a
digital pressure meter.
3. Press the CUFF key and Valve 1 will close.
4-8
Home
® ®+
4. Pressurize the digital pressure/vacuum gauge to 200 mmHg and verify that there is no
leakage, evidenced by a decrease in pressure.
5. Press the CUFF key and remove the tubing.
6. Press the CUFF key and Valve 1 will close.
Test Valve 2
1. Press the START/STOP key and the following display appears:
VA LV E S
VA LV E 4 C D L

E R RO R S : 0
3. Press the PUMP START/STOP key and Valve 2 will close.
4. Pressurize the digital pressure meter to 200 mmHg and verify that there is no leakage,
evidenced by a decrease in pressure.
5. Press the PUMP START/STOP key and remove the tubing.
6. Press the PUMP START/STOP key and Valve 2 will close.
Test Valve 3
1. Press the V3 key and the following display appears:
VA LV E S
VA LV E 4 C D L

E R RO R S : 0
3. Press the V3 key and Valve 3 will close.
5. Press the V3 key and remove the tubing.
6. Press the V3 key and Valve 3 will close.
4-9
Home
Test Valve 4
1. Press the V4 PLASMA key and the following display appears:
VA LV E S
VA LV E 4 O E L

E R RO R S : 0
3. Press the V4 PLASMA key and Valve 4 will close.
5. Press the V4 PLASMA key and remove the tubing.
6. Press the V4 PLASMA key and Valve 4 will close.
Test Valve 5
1. Press the V5 CELLS key and the following display appears:
VA LV E S
VA LV E 1 C D L VA LV E 5 O E L
VA LV E 4 C D L

E R RO R S : 0
3. Press the V5 CELLS key and Valve 5 will close.
5. Press the V5 CELLS key and remove the tubing.
6. Press the V5 CELLS key and the Valve 5 will close.
4-10
Home
® ®+
Test Valve 6
1. Press the PUMP DOWN key and the following display appears:
VA LV E S
VA LV E 4 C D L

E R RO R S : 0
2. Install a length of IV tubing through the open pinch Valve 6 and attach one end to a digital
pressure meter.
3. Press the PUMP DOWN key and Valve 6 will close.
5. Press the PUMP DOWN key and remove the tubing.
6. Press the PUMP DOWN key and Valve 6 will close.
Test Valve 7
1. Press the PUMP UP key and the following display appears:
VA LV E S
VA LV E 4 C D L

E R RO R S : 0
2. Install a length of IV tubing through the open pinch Valve 7 and attach one end to a digital
pressure meter.
3. Press the PUMP UP key and Valve 7 will close.
5. Press the PUMP UP key and remove the tubing.
6. Press the PUMP UP key and Valve 7 will close.
4-11
Home
Pneumatic Pinch Valve Pressure Test — MCS®+ Only

1. Open all pneumatic pinch valves by pressing the following keys:
CUFF, PUMP START/STOP, V3, V4 PLASMA, V5 CELLS, PUMP DOWN, PUMP UP.
2. The following display appears:
VA LV E S
VA LV E 1 O E L VA LV E 5 O E L
VA LV E 4 O E L

E R RO R S : 0
3. Note the pneumatic pressure value.

Note: If the pneumatic pressure value is less than 2700, cycle a valve until the compressor turns
on. The valve should be left in open position after cycling.
4. Verify that the compressor does not turn on for at least five minutes (indicated by a sud-
den, large increase in the pneumatic pressure).
5. If the compressor does turn on, check the pneumatic circuit to find and repair the leakage,
and then test again.
6. Press the MODIFY PROGRAM key and the following display appears:
D I AG N O S T I C S
ROM D I S P L AY
PUMPS K E Y B OA R D
VA LV E S CENTRIFUGE
SAFETY DONOR LITES
WEIGHER TRANSDUCERS
Pneumatic Pressure Check — MCS®+ Only

1. Press the MODIFY PROGRAM key three times and then press the DRAW key.
2. Verify the PNEU pressure is between 2600 and 2800.
4-12
Home
® ®+
3. Press the DRAW key. The pneumatic compressor turns on and the following display ap-
pears briefly:
P R E S S U R E D I AG N O S T I CS
Off
Press set Interlocks
DPM :XXX 1: OUT 2: OUT
SPM :XXX 1: OUT 2: OUT
PNEU :XXXX Stat Press
CUFF :XXX B O O S T
OFF XX
4. Verify that when the PNEU pressure value exceeds 3000, the pneumatic compressor turns
off and the following display appears:
P R E S S U R E D I AG N O S T I CS
Off
Press set Interlocks
DPM :XXX 1: OUT 2: OUT
SPM :XXX 1: OUT 2: OUT
Stat Press
PNEU :XXXX DIS
CUFF :XXX OFF XX
5. Press the MODIFY PROGRAM key and the following display appears:
D I AG N O S T I C S
ROM D I S P L AY
PUMPS K E Y B OA R D
VA LV E S CENTRIFUGE
SAFETY DONOR LITES
WEIGHER TRANSDUCERS
Weigher Test
1. Be sure the weigher arm is fully extended with nothing hanging on it. Select the weigher
test on the Diagnostics menu by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key, then press the
DRAW key.
2. Hang the following calibrated weights on the weigher’s farthest set of hooks and verify
that the displayed weight is within the defined specification.
• 100 ± 3 grams
• 500 ± 5 grams
• 1000 ± 10 grams
3. Remove the weights and verify that the displayed weight returns to ZERO +1/–0.
4-13
Home
4. If calibration is required, refer to the calibration section at the end of this chapter.
5. Exit the weigher test by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key.
DPM and SPM Sensor Test

1. Be sure no filters are connected to the DPM and SPM and that the cuff is disconnected
from the rear panel. Select the pressure test using the MODIFY and DRAW keys.
2. Verify that the DPM/SPM offsets are within the range of 1984–2112 for the MCS® and
1902–2194 for the MCS®+. If out of range, DPM/SPM may need to be replaced.
3. Grasp the DPM white plunger and twist counterclockwise while sliding the plunger in.
Verify both interlock switch status indicators change to IN. Release the plunger and verify
that both indicators return to OUT.
4. Grasp the DPM white plunger and twist clockwise while sliding the plunger in. Verify
both interlock switch status indicators change to IN. Release the plunger and verify that
both indicators return to OUT.
5. Grasp the SPM white plunger and twist counterclockwise while sliding the plunger in.
Verify both interlock switch status indicators change to IN. Release the plunger and verify
that both indicators return to OUT.
6. Grasp the SPM white plunger and twist clockwise while sliding the plunger in. Verify both
interlock switch status indicators change to IN. Release the plunger and verify that both
indicators return to OUT.
7. Install a new DPM/SPM filter with about 4” of tubing onto the DPM. Connect a calibrated
digital pressure meter or equivalent device to the filter tubing. Pressurize the DPM to
300 mmHg and verify that the displayed pressure reading is within the range of 292–308
mmHg for the MCS® and within 50 mmHg ±5 for the MCS®+.
8. Install a new DPM/SPM filter with about 4” of tubing onto the SPM. Connect a calibrated
digital pressure meter or equivalent device to the filter tubing. Pressurize the SPM to 300
mmHg and verify that the displayed pressure reading is within the range of 292–308
mmHg for the MCS® and within 50 mmHg ±5 for the MCS®+.
Cuff Test
1. Install the cuff in the rear panel cuff connector.
2. Turn cuff compressor on by pressing the CUFF key.
3. Verify that the cuff pressure quickly stabilizes to the set pressure ±5 mmHg.
5. Exit the pressure test by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key.
Display Test
1. Select the display test using the MODIFY PROGRAM and DRAW keys.
2. Verify that all pixels are lit on display, then press DRAW.
3. Verify that character set is displayed and no characters are deformed or missing.
4. Exit the display test by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key.
4-14
Home
® ®+
Keyboard Test
1. Select the keyboard test using the MODIFY and DRAW keys.
2. Press each key (save MODIFY PROGRAM key for last) and verify that LED extinguishes
(if equipped) and Key Pressed value indicates the correct key name.
3. Pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key exits the keyboard test.
Fluid Sensor Test

1. Select the centrifuge test using the MODIFY and DRAW keys.
2. Open the centrifuge cover and place a moist paper towel or cotton swab on the fluid sen-
sor located in the centrifuge well. Verify that the SPILL value changes to TRUE.
3. Remove moisture and wipe dry. Verify that the SPILL value changes to FALSE.
Centrifuge Cover and Lock Test

1. Check the quad ring on the centrifuge chuck to ensure it is fully seated in the quad ring
channel.
2. Install a disposable bowl, with a piece of reflective tape on the upper portion of the
bowl body, into the centrifuge chuck and close and latch the centrifuge cover halves. (Re-
flective tape is for centrifuge speed tests later in this procedure.) Verify that the COVER
value changes from OPEN to CLOSE and that the cover latch can be turned an additional
3/8” to 5/8” after the cover latch switches activate.
Centrifuge Vacuum Test

1. Install a bowl half filled with water into the MCS®/MCS®+ centrifuge.
2. Enter Diagnostics and select Centrifuge by using the MODIFY PROGRAM key. Press
DRAW.
3. Disconnect the vacuum line at the centrifuge by using the quick disconnect, and install
an in-line vacuum measuring device capable of measuring 0 to -13.5 psi or 0 to -27 inHg.
4. Turn the vacuum pump on by pressing PRIME. Verify the V PUMP status changes from
OFF to ON, the VAC SW status changes from FALSE to TRUE, and the vacuum reading
on the in-line measuring device is -10 to -13.5 psi or -20 to -27 inHg.
5. Using the arrow keys, increase centrifuge speed from 2000 rpm to 4800 rpm. Press
DRAW.
6. After the centrifuge has reached a speed of 4800 rpm, press the PRIME key to turn off the
vacuum pump.
7. Verify that the vacuum reading on the in-line measuring device bleeds off no faster than
1psi/30/seconds or 2 inHG/30 seconds.
8. Press the PRIME key and allow the centrifuge to run for 30 minutes.
9. Repeat steps 6 and 7.
10. If vacuum system leaks greater the 1 psi/30 seconds or 2 inHG/30 seconds, check it per
service manual instructions and repair as necessary.
4-15
Home
Centrifuge Acceleration and Deceleration Test

1. Increase the SPEED value to 4800 by pressing the YES key.
2. Verify that the bowl is installed properly, the centrifuge cover status is CLOSE, the vacuum
pump is ON, and the vacuum switch status is TRUE.
3. Start the centrifuge by pressing the DRAW key. When the centrifuge begins to spin, start
a stop watch and monitor the bowl speed with a noncontact tachometer. Verify that the
bowl accelerates to a speed of 4800 ±100 rpm in ð8 seconds.
4. Stop the centrifuge by pressing the STOP key. Start a stopwatch simultaneously and verify
that the centrifuge stops in ð10 seconds.
6. Exit the centrifuge test by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key.
Donor Lights Test

1. Select the donor lights test using the MODIFY and DRAW keys.
2. Verify that all LEDs light and extinguish when instructed to.
3. Exit the donor lights test by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key.
Line Sensor Test

Note: Ensure that the machine has been on for at least ten minutes before testing the line sensor.
1. Select the transducers test using the MODIFY and DRAW keys.
2. Verify that no tubing is installed in the line sensor and that the digital reading for the line
sensor signal is between 2866 and 3276 (3.75 ±0.25 VDC).
3. Slide a black nonreflective surface into the line sensor tubing slot. (Dull paper with dull
black marker on both sides works well.) Verify that the line sensor signal drops to between
0 and 103 (-0.25 to + 0.13 VDC).
Optics Test
1. Be sure the MCS®/MCS®+ has been powered on for at least fifteen minutes before pro-
ceeding with this test. When fifteen minutes has elapsed, remove the rear panel.
2. Connect a quality digital volt meter to J105 pins 9 (signal) to 5 (ground) on the CPU PCB.
3. Remove the bowl from the centrifuge and verify that the analog reading for the optics
signal is between -0.03 and 0.07 VDC (0–57 digital counts).
Note: The Kodak photographic gray card used in the optic fixture ETE-5007 must be new and un-
contaminated by light or material. Install a fresh gray card immediately before using the fix-
ture (for as many tests and on as many instruments as is necessary), and then remove and
discard the gray card when all testing is complete.
4-16
Home
® ®+
4. Install optics aiming fixture ETE-5007 onto the centrifuge chuck and rotate until the optic
beam is reflecting off the Kodak photographic gray card. Locate the peak voltage and ver-
ify that the analog reading is between 2.8 VDC and 4.0 VDC (2295–3278).
6. Exit the transducer test by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key.
Air Sensor Test

1. Select the air detector test using the MODIFY and DRAW keys.
2. Place fluid-filled tubing in air detector, verify that the air detector LED light is working,
and press the DRAW key as requested.
3. Repeat test for each air detector as asked. When the last air detector has been tested,
a screen will appear showing the status of the air detectors’ signals. Confirm that each
sensor can see fluid and air by inserting a piece of fluid-filled tubing into each air detector
while monitoring the polled and latched signals.
4. If an air detector fails the testing, refer to the Chapter 6, Troubleshooting.
5. Exit the air detector test by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key.
6. Exit diagnostics by pressing the STOP key.
Safety System Pressure Test and Calibration

1. Remove filters or tubing from the DPM, then select the calibration mode of operation
using the MODIFY and DRAW keys. Toggle the write protect switch on the CPU card
when instructed to.
2. Select safety system using the MODIFY and DRAW keys.
3. Press the DRAW key to save the new high value, and verify that the value is between 3260
and 4080.
4. Change the pressure status to low by pressing the SAVE PROGRAM key.
5. Press the RETURN key to save the new low value, and verify that the value is between
1256 and 1620.
6. If high or low values are out of range, DPM or circuit is defective. See Chapter 6, Trou-
bleshooting.
7. Exit safety system calibration by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key, then exit calibra-
tion by pressing the STOP key. Toggle the write protect switch on the CPU card when
instructed to.
8. Replace the rear access panel and temporarily put the front access panel in place.
MCS®/MCS®+ System Tests

1. Exit Utilities by pressing the STOP key. The MCS®/MCS®+ will reboot and execute the
system start-up testing sequence. Respond to any questions or warnings as the test
progresses. Select New Procedure when asked.
2. Verify that the four exhaust fans are operating and blowing air out of the rear panel.
3. Install a disposable bowl with blood pump tubing attached to the bowl inlet and the ef-
fluent tubing attached to the effluent port.
4. Install DPM and SPM filters to the DPM and SPM.
4-17
Home
5. Load the blood pump tubing into the blood pump and load the A/C pump tubing into the
A/C pump.
6. Install fluid-filled tubing into all air detectors.
7. Press the PRIME key when requested. Prime will start for about one second, then the
MCS®/MCS®+ will progress to the Ready state.
8. Press the CUFF key and verify that the cuff inflates and the pressure is regulated.
Centrifuge Vibration Test

1. Insert the free end of the blood pump tubing into at least 300 ml of water.
2. Press the DRAW key and verify that the bowl begins to spin and the pumps begin to turn.
Increase the flow rate to 80 ml/min.
3. As the bowl fills with water, observe the air/water interface and listen for any signs of con-
tact of the centrifuge with the cabinet. Verify that the air/water interface never becomes
discontinuous, indicating excessive vibration.
4. If excessive vibration or noise is observed, refer to the chapter on disassembly to realign
centrifuge.
Leakage Current Test

1. Connect the MCS®/MCS®+ to the LT544 Leakage Tester and plug the LT544 into a
grounded electrical outlet.
2. Select LEAKAGE mode of operation on the LT544.
3. Plug probes from LT544 into a DVM. The red probe plugs into the mV receptacle and the
black probe plugs into the GND receptacle.
4. Set the meter to 0–200 MV AC.
5. Open the NEUTRAL switch on the LT544 and power the MCS®/MCS®+ on. Note reading
in microamperes in both lifted and closed ground mode.
6. Close the NEUTRAL switch and measure the NORMAL and REVERSE modes with the
ground opened and closed.
7. Verify that all readings are <70 microamperes (<400 @ 220V).
Ground Continuity Test

1. Remove the front access panel.
2. Change the meter mode to measure resistance at 0–2 Ohms.
3. Set LT544 to RESISTANCE.
4. Plug ground wire (a coiled black wire with clip) into green socket.
4-18
Home
® ®+
5. Attach clip to the following exposed metal locations. Verify that there is continuity to the
test points and record the highest reading (less 160 milliohms LT544 resistance) on the
service report.
• Pump motor casings (all pumps)
• Rear panel mounting screws
• Centrifuge cover hinge
• Front panel mounting screws
• Pinch valve casings (all pinch valves)
6. Replace the front access panel. Pay particular attention to prevent disconnection or kink-
ing of the pneumatic lines around the compressor and the cuff connector.
CALIBRATION PROCEDURES
Pneumatic System Pressure Calibration — MCS®+ Only
1. Press the MODIFY PROGRAM key once and then press the DRAW key to select the valves
screen. The following display appears:
VA LV E S
VA LV E 4 C D L

E RROR S : 0
2. Disconnect the red pneumatic tubing of the Valve 1 and attach a pressure meter (Bio-Tek
Model DPM-11, or equivalent) to the tubing.
3. Adjust the meter to -13.5 to 75 psi scale.
4. Press the CUFF key and adjust the pressure with the potentiometer R23 (located on the
top deck distribution boards) to 20.3 +1.4/-0.0 psi.
5. Press the CUFF key to release the pneumatic pressure.
6. Check to ensure that the value is within tolerance and readjust if necessary.
7. Press the CUFF key to release the pneumatic pressure.
8. Remove the pressure meter and reconnect the red tubing.
Power Supply Voltages

1. Measure the power supply voltages at connector P1001, located on the power supply.
2. Removal of the cage cover is necessary to gain access to the power supply trim pots. To
remove the cage cover you must first remove the middle and left hand screws on the top
of the cage where the two-piece cage comes together. Then remove the two screws on
the bottom of the cage. Pull the half of the cage closest to the rear of the machine straight
out the back of the machine.
4-19
Home
Note: Although there are three screws on the top of the cage, the right hand screw, which is inac-
cessible, does not hold the two-piece cage together.
3. To calibrate the power supply voltages, connect a voltmeter to the appropriate pins on
P1001 and measure the +5V DC supply. Adjust the +5V trim pot, R29 on the power sup-
ply board, to +5.1 VDC (5.15 VDC for MCS®+). The trim pot is closest to the rear of the
machine, on the right side. Etched into the board next to the correct pot is “R29” and the
words “5V Adj.” All other voltages, except the 28 VDC, will track the 5-volt supply. Al-
though no adjustments can be made to the other voltages, please check and verify that
they are within their respective specification. Voltages that cannot be brought within their
respective tolerances indicate a problem with the power supply or the loads on the power
supply.
4. To calibrate the 28V supply output, connect a volt meter to the appropriate pins on P1001
and record the measured voltage. To adjust the 28V supply, locate R9 on the power
supply board, located towards the middle of the board between two black coils. See Ta-
ble 4-3.
Table 4-3: MCS® Power Supply Test Points
Test Voltages Test Points
+ 5.1 + 0.1 / – 0 6 or 7
+ 15.0 ± 0.5 2
– 15.0 ± 0.5 18
+ 28.0 + 1.0 / – 0.2 23 or 24
+ 47 to + 57 21
Table 4-4: MCS®+ Power Supply Test Points
+ 5.15 ±0.05 8 or 9
+ 15.0 ± 0.5 10
– 15.0 ± 0.5 11
+ 27.8 to 29.9 12 or 13
+ 47 to + 57 14
Note: Pins 1 through 7 are common.
Bowl Optics Signal

1. Power on the MCS®/MCS®+ in any mode of operation. The MCS®/MCS®+ must be pow-
ered on for a minimum of fifteen consecutive minutes to stabilize the optic circuit before
proceeding with this test.
2. Inspect the optic window for contamination and clean before measuring voltage.
4-20
Home
® ®+
Note: The Kodak photographic gray card used in the optic fixture ETE-5007 must be new and un-
contaminated by light or material. Install a fresh gray card immediately before using the fix-
ture (for as many test and on as many instruments as is necessary), and then remove and
discard the gray card after all testing is complete.
3. Install Optic Fixture #ETE-5007. Rotate the fixture until the optic beam is reflecting off the
rim of the fixture.
4. If the optic beam is not centered on the rim, loosen, but leave snug, the (4) 4-40 keps nuts
that secure the optic aiming module mounted to the centrifuge. Slide the optics aiming
module up or down so the optic beam is centered on the rim.
6. Remove the cover on the photoelectric transceiver and adjust the gain until the analog
optics value is between +2.000 and +2.500 VDC. Slowly raise or lower the optics aiming
module until a peak reading is found at the least significant digit of the voltmeter analog
voltage measurement. Securely tighten the keps nuts.
7. Rotate the fixture until the optic beam is on the gray card. Rotate the fixture slowly
until a peak analog optics value (gain) is displayed on the voltmeter. Adjust the gain
to +3.53 ±0.03 VDC.
8. Remove the optics fixture from the centrifuge. Adjust R24 potentiometer on the CPU card
until the analog optics value (offset) is +0.03 ±0.02 VDC.
9. Replace the optics fixture and locate the peak gray card optic value. Adjust the optic gain
on the photoelectric transceiver until the analog optic value is +3.53 ±0.03.
10. Repeat steps 8 and 9 until both the gain and the offset are within the specified ranges.
Line Sensor Signal

1. Power on the MCS®/MCS®+ in the utilities mode of operation by pressing and holding the
PLASMA key until the utilities menu appears.
2. Use the MODIFY PROGRAM key to select Diagnostics, then press the DRAW key to ex-
ecute diagnostics.
3. Use the MODIFY PROGRAM key to select the transducers test, then press the DRAW key
to execute the test.
4. Clean the line sensor tubing channel and inspect it for contamination before measuring
voltage.
5. Remove the black access plug located on the front panel of the line sensor.
Note: Ensure that the machine has been on for at least ten minutes before making adjustments.
6. Use a trim pot adjusting tool to set the line sensor signal to between 2866 and 3276 (3.75
±0.25 VDC).
7. Slide a black nonreflective surface into the line sensor tubing slot (dull paper with dull
black marker on both sides works well). Verify that the line sensor signal drops to between
0 and 103 (-0.25 to +0.13 VDC).
8. Adjust as necessary to satisfy both ranges.
9. Replace the black access plug in the line sensor.
10. Exit the transducers test by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key, then exit Utilities by
pressing the STOP key twice.
4-21
Home
A/D
Cuff
1. Power on the MCS®/MCS®+ in the utilities mode of operation by pressing and holding the
PLASMA key until the utilities menu appears.
2. Select calibration using the MODIFY and DRAW keys. Toggle the write protect switch on
the CPU card when instructed to (remove rear access panel).
3. Select A/D calibration by pressing the DRAW key.
4. Ensure nothing is plugged into the cuff connector on the rear access panel.
5. Press the DRAW key to store the cuff offset value.
6. Prepare a cuff adapter by disconnecting the two sections of cuff tubing. Plug a digital pres-
sure meter into the section that connects to the cuff connector.
7. Plug the cuff adapter into the cuff connector on the rear access panel.
8. Start the cuff compressor by pressing the CUFF key.
9. Use the YES and NO keys to adjust the cuff output pressure to 100 mmHg ± 1.0.
10. Press the RETURN key to store the cuff full scale value.
11. Stop the cuff compressor by pressing the CUFF key.
12. Remove the digital pressure meter from the cuff tubing and reassemble the cuff.
13. Exit A/D calibration by pressing the STOP key, then exit calibration by pressing the STOP
key again. Toggle the write protect switch on the CPU card when instructed to, then re-
place the front and rear access panels. Pay particular attention to prevent disconnection
or kinking of the pneumatic lines around the compressor and the cuff connector.
14. Exit utilities by pressing the STOP key.
Weigher
1. Power on the MCS®/MCS®+ in Utilities mode by pressing and holding the PLASMA key
until the Utilities menu appears.
2. Select Calibration by using the MODIFY and DRAW keys. Toggle the write protect switch
on the CPU card when instructed to (remove rear access panel).
3. Select A/D calibration by pressing the DRAW key, then select weight by pressing the
MODIFY PROGRAM key.
4. Ensure the weigher arm is fully extended and no weight is hanging on the arm.
5. Press the DRAW key to store the weigher offset value.
6. Hang 1000 grams (calibrated weight) on the weigher arm’s farthest hooks.
7. After the input stabilizes, press the RETURN key to store the weigher full scale value.
8. Remove the weight from the weigher arm.
9. Exit A/D calibration by pressing the STOP key, then exit Calibration by pressing the STOP
10. Exit Utilities by pressing the STOP key.
4-22
Home
® ®+
SPM
1. Power on the MCS®/MCS®+ in the Utilities mode of operation by pressing and holding
the PLASMA key until the Utilities menu appears.
2. Select Calibration by using the MODIFY and DRAW keys. Toggle the write protect switch
3. Select A/D calibration by pressing the DRAW key, then select SPM by pressing the
MODIFY PROGRAM key.
4. Remove any filters or tubing from the SPM.
5. Press the DRAW key to store the SPM offset value.
6. Prepare an SPM/DPM pressure adapter by cutting a DPM/SPM filter with four inches of
tubing from a disposable set. Remove the nipple from the digital pressure meter and insert
the filter tubing onto the digital pressure meter.
7. Install the filter onto the SPM and pressurize the digital pressure meter to 300 mmHg ±
8.0.
8. Press the RETURN key to store the SPM full scale value.
9. Remove the filter from the SPM.
key again. Toggle the write protect switch on the CPU card when instructed to, then
replace the front and rear access panels. Pay particular attention to prevent disconnection
DPM
2. Select calibration using the MODIFY PROGRAM and DRAW keys. Toggle the write pro-
tect switch on the CPU card when instructed to (remove rear access panel).
3. Select A/D calibration by pressing the DRAW key, then select DPM by pressing the MOD-
IFY PROGRAM key.
4. Press the DRAW key to store the DPM offset value.
5. Prepare an SPM/DPM pressure adapter by cutting a DPM/SPM filter with four inches of
tubing from a disposable set. Remove the nipple from the digital pressure meter and insert
the filter tubing onto the digital pressure meter.
6. Install the filter onto the DPM and pressurize the digital pressure meter to 300 mmHg ±
8.0.
7. Press the RETURN key to store the DPM full scale value.
8. Remove the filter from the DPM.
4-23
Home
Centrifuge
2. Select Calibration using the MODIFY and DRAW keys. Toggle the write protect switch
3. Select centrifuge using the MODIFY and DRAW keys.
4. Install a bowl into the centrifuge, and start the vacuum pump by pressing the PRIME key.
Be sure the vacuum switch status changes to TRUE.
5. Close and latch the centrifuge cover.
6. Press the DRAW key to start the centrifuge at a set speed of 5800 rpm.
7. Press the YES or NO keys to adjust the actual speed to 5800 ±10 rpm. Each key press
changes the outval value by one digit, resulting in a new centrifuge speed. Wait five to
ten seconds between key presses to allow the centrifuge speed to stabilize.
8. Press the SAVE PROGRAM key to save the outval value and change the centrifuge set
speed to 3000 rpm.
9. Press the YES or NO keys to adjust the actual speed to 3000 ±10 rpm. Each key press
changes the outval value by one digit, resulting in a new centrifuge speed. Wait five to
ten seconds between key presses to allow the centrifuge speed to stabilize.
10. Press the SAVE PROGRAM key to save the outval value (the displayed outval value may
change when the SAVE PROGRAM key is pressed).
11. Press the RETURN key to cycle the centrifuge speed from 5800, 5650, 4800, and 3000.
Verify that the actual speeds are within 100 rpm of the set speeds.
12. Press the MODIFY PROGRAM key to exit the centrifuge calibration, then press the STOP
key to exit Calibration. Toggle the write protect switch on the CPU card when instructed
to, then replace the front and rear access panels. Pay particular attention to prevent dis-
connection or kinking of the pneumatic lines around the compressor and the cuff con-
nector.
Centrifuge Cover Latch

1. Remove the centrifuge from the MCS®/MCS®+ cabinet. See Chapter 7, Disassembly.
2. Set switch engagement of cover switch assembly to the bottom of the shaft so that there
is 3/8 to 5/8 clockwise turn of the centrifuge knob after both switches have been disen-
gaged.
3. Check the switches with an Ohm meter. Verify that both switches respond to the cover
latch, and that the switches are closed when the cover latch is engaged.
4. Replace the centrifuge.
Safety System
2. Remove filters or tubing from the DPM, then select Calibration using the MODIFY and
DRAW keys. Toggle the write protect switch on the CPU card when instructed to (remove
rear access panel).
4-24
Home
® ®+
3. Select safety system using the MODIFY PROGRAM and DRAW keys.
4. Press the DRAW key to save the new high value and verify that the value is between 3260
and 4080.
5. Change the pressure status to low by pressing the SAVE PROGRAM key.
6. Press the RETURN key to save the new low value and verify that the value is between
1265 and 1620.
7. Exit safety system calibration by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key, then exit Calibra-
tion by pressing the STOP key. Toggle the write protect switch on the CPU card when
instructed to, then replace the front and rear access panels. Pay particular attention to pre-
vent disconnection or kinking of the pneumatic lines around the compressor and the cuff
connector.
8. Exit Utilities mode by pressing the STOP key.
4-25
Home
CHAPTER 5
Installation - MCS® Only
Note: This chapter only covers the installation procedure of the MCS®. For the installation proce-
dure of the MCS®+, see P/N 38982-00 Rev. B, which is included in the unit pack of your
MCS®+.
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
INITIAL INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Overall Cosmetic Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Internal Workmanship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
TESTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Weigher Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Display Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Keyboard Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Fluid Sensor Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Centrifuge Cover and Lock Function Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Centrifuge Vacuum Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
DPM and SPM Sensor Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Cuff Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Donor Light Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Line Sensor Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Optics Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Air Sensor Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
MCS® System Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

Centrifuge Vibration Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Leakage Current Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Ground Continuity Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Home
® ®+
Chapter 5, Installation MCS /MCS Service Manual
GENERAL
This chapter only covers the installation procedure of the MCS®. For the installation proce-
dure of the MCS®+, see P/N 38982-00 Rev. B, which is included in the unit pack of your
MCS®+.
INITIAL INSPECTION
Overall Cosmetic Check
1. Check shipping carton for any sign of damage.
2. Inspect MCS® and transport case for damage, especially in areas of shipping carton dam-
age if any was found.
3. Inspect MCS® cabinet and mounted assemblies for imperfections.
Internal Workmanship
1. Remove front and rear access panels to gain access to internal components.
2. Check all electrical connections, including ground straps.
3. Check all pneumatic lines for evidence of kinked lines.
4. Check for loose or missing mounting hardware.
TESTING
Weigher Test
1. Be sure the weigher arm is fully extended with nothing hanging on it. Power on the MCS®
in the Utilities mode of operation by pressing and holding the PLASMA key while switch-
ing the power on. Hold the PLASMA key until the Utilities menu appears on the display.
2. Select Diagnostics on the Utilities menu by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key until
the arrow points to Diagnostics, then press the DRAW key.
3. Select the Weigher test on the Diagnostics menu by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM
key, then press the DRAW key.
4. Hang the following calibrated weights on the weigher arm’s farthest hook and verify that
the displayed weight is within the defined specification.
• 100 ± 3 grams
• 500 ± 5 grams
• 1000 ± 10 grams
5. Remove the weights and verify that the displayed weight returns to ZERO +1, -0.
6. If calibration is required, refer to the calibration section of Chapter 4, Preventive Mainte-
nance.
7. Exit the weigher test by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key.
5-2
Home
® ®+
Display Test
1. Select the display test using the MODIFY PROGRAM and DRAW keys.
2. Verify that all pixels are illuminated, then press DRAW.
3. Verify that a character set is displayed and no characters are deformed or missing.
4. Exit the display test by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key.
Keyboard Test
1. Select the keyboard test using the MODIFY PROGRAM and DRAW keys.
2. Press each key (save MODIFY PROGRAM key for last) and verify that LED extinguishes
(if equipped) and key pressed value indicates the correct key name.
3. Press the MODIFY PROGRAM key to exit the keyboard test.
Fluid Sensor Test

1. Select the centrifuge test using the MODIFY PROGRAM and DRAW keys.
2. Open the centrifuge cover, and place a moist paper towel or cotton swab on the fluid sensor
located in the centrifuge well. Verify that the SPILL value changes to TRUE.
3. Remove moisture and wipe dry. Verify that the SPILL value changes to FALSE.
Centrifuge Cover and Lock Function Test

1. Check the quad ring on the centrifuge chuck to ensure it is fully seated in the quad ring
channel.
2. Install a disposable bowl onto the centrifuge chuck, and close and latch the centrifuge cover
halves. Verify that the cover value changes from OPEN to CLOSE and that the cover latch can
be turned an additional 3/8” to 5/8” after the cover latch switches activate.
3. If calibration is required, refer to the calibration section of Chapter 4, Preventive Maintenance.
Centrifuge Vacuum Test

1. Install a bowl half filled with water into the MCS® centrifuge.
2. Enter Diagnostics and select Centrifuge by using the MODIFY PROGRAM key. Press DRAW.
3. Disconnect the vacuum line at the centrifuge by using the quick disconnect, and install an in-
line vacuum measuring device capable of measuring 0 to -15 psi or 0 to -30 inHg.
4. Turn the vacuum pump on by pressing PRIME. Verify the V PUMP status changes from OFF
to ON, the VAC SW status changes from FALSE to TRUE, and the vacuum reading on the in-
line measuring device is -10 to -15 psi or -20 to -30 inHg.
5. Using the arrow keys, increase centrifuge speed from 2000 rpm to 4800 rpm. Press DRAW.
6. After the centrifuge has reached a speed of 4800 rpm, press the PRIME key to turn off the vac-
uum pump.
7. Verify that the vacuum reading on the in-line measuring device bleeds off no faster than 1psi/
30/seconds or 2 inHG/30 seconds.
8. Stop the centrifuge, and press the manual dump valve to release the vacuum.
9. Press the PRIME key, then the DRAW key, and allow the centrifuge to run for 30 minutes.
10. Repeat steps 6 and 7.
11. If vacuum system leaks greater the 1 psi/30 seconds or 2 inHG/30 seconds, check it per ser-
vice manual instructions and repair as necessary.
5-3
Home
® ®+
DPM and SPM Sensor Test

1. Be sure that no filters are connected to the DPM and SPM and that the cuff is disconnected
from the rear panel. Select the pressure test using the MODIFY PROGRAM and DRAW
keys.
2. Verify that the DPM/SPM offsets are within the range of 1984–2112. If out of range,
DPM/SPM may need to be replaced.
3. Grasp the DPM white luer plunger and twist counterclockwise while sliding the plunger
in. Verify both interlock switch status indicators change to IN. Release the plunger and
verify that both indicators return to OUT.
4. Grasp the DPM white luer plunger and twist clockwise while sliding the plunger in. Verify
5. Grasp the SPM white luer plunger and twist counterclockwise while sliding the plunger
in. Verify both interlock switch status indicators change to IN. Release the plunger and
verify that both indicators return to OUT.
6. Grasp the SPM white luer plunger and twist clockwise while sliding the plunger in. Verify
7. Install a new DPM/SPM filter with about 4” of tubing onto the DPM. Connect a calibrated
electronic/digital measuring device or equivalent device to the filter tubing. Pressurize the
DPM to 300 mmHg and verify that the displayed pressure reading is within the range of
292–308 mmHg.
8. Install a new DPM/SPM filter with about 4” of tubing onto the SPM. Connect a calibrated
electronic/digital measuring device or equivalent device to the filter tubing. Pressurize the
SPM to 300 mmHg and verify that the displayed pressure reading is within the range of
292–308 mmHg.
nance.
Cuff Test
1. Install the cuff in the rear panel cuff connector.
2. Turn cuff compressor on by pressing the CUFF key.
3. Verify that the cuff pressure quickly stabilizes to the set pressure ±5 mmHg.
nance.
5. Exit the pressure test by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key.
Donor Light Test

1. Select the donor light test using the MODIFY PROGRAM and DRAW keys.
2. Verify that all LEDs light and extinguish when instructed to.
3. Exit the donor light test by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key.
5-4
Home
® ®+
Line Sensor Test

1. Select the transducers test using the MODIFY PROGRAM and DRAW keys.
2. Verify that no tubing is installed in the line sensor, and that the digital reading for the line
sensor signal is between 2866 and 3276 (3.75 ± 0.25 vdc).
3. Slide a black nonreflective surface into the line sensor tubing slot. (Dull paper with dull black
marker on both sides works well for this.) Verify that the line sensor signal drops to between
0 and 103 (-0.25 and +0.13 vdc).
Optics Test
1. Be sure the MCS® has been powered on for at least fifteen minutes before proceeding with
this test. When fifteen minutes has elapsed, remove the rear panel.
3. Remove the bowl from the centrifuge and verify that the analog reading for the optics signal
is between -0.03 and 0.07 vdc (0 and 57).
Note: The Kodak photographic gray card used in the optic fixture ETE-5007 must be new and
uncontaminated by light or material. Install a fresh gray card immediately prior to using the
fixture (for as many tests, on as many instruments as is necessary), then remove and discard the
gray card after all testing is complete.
4. Install optics aiming fixture ETE-5007 onto the centrifuge chuck, and rotate until the optic
beam is reflecting off the Kodak photographic gray card. Locate the peak voltage and verify
that the analog reading is between 2.8 and 4.0 vdc (2333 and 3333).
6. Exit the transducer test by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key.
Air Sensor Test

1. Select the air detector test using the MODIFY PROGRAM and DRAW keys.
2. Place fluid-filled tubing in air detector under test as requested, verify that the air detector
LED lights, and press the DRAW key as requested.
3. Repeat test for each air detector as asked. When the last air detector has been tested, a screen
will appear showing the status of the air detector signals. Confirm that each air detector can
see fluid and air by inserting a piece of fluid-filled tubing into each air detector while
monitoring the polled and latched signals.
4. If an air detector fails the testing, refer to Chapter 6, Troubleshooting.
5. Exit the air detector test by pressing the MODIFY PROGRAM key.
MCS® System Tests

1. Exit Diagnostics by pressing the STOP key, then exit Utilities by pressing the STOP key
again. The MCS® will reboot and execute the system start up testing sequence. Respond to
any questions or warnings as the test progresses. Select “New Procedure” when asked.
2. Install a disposable bowl, with about two feet of blood pump tubing attached to the bowl inlet
and the effluent tubing attached to the effluent port.
3. Install DPM and SPM filters to the DPM and SPM.
5-5
Home
® ®+
4. Load the blood pump tubing into the blood pump and the A/C pump tubing into the A/C
pump.
5. Install fluid-filled tubing into all four air detectors.
6. Press the PRIME key when requested. Prime will start for about one second, then the
MCS® will progress to the Ready state.
Centrifuge Vibration Test

1. Insert the free end of the blood pump tubing into at least 300 ml of water.
2. Press the DRAW key and verify that the bowl begins to spin, and the pumps begin to turn.
Increase the flow rate to 80 ml/min.
3. As the bowl fills with water, observe the air/water interface and listen for any signs of con-
tact of the centrifuge with the cabinet. Verify that the air/water interface never becomes
discontinuous, indicating excessive vibration.
4. If excessive vibration or noise is observed, refer to Chapter 7, Disassembly to realign
centrifuge.
Leakage Current Test

1. Connect the MCS® to the LT544 Leakage Tester and plug the LT544 into a grounded elec-
trical outlet.
2. Select LEAKAGE mode of operation on the LT544.
3. Plug probes from LT544 into a DVM. The red probe plugs into the mV receptacle, and
the black probe plugs into the GND receptacle.
4. Set the meter to 0–200 millivolts AC.
5. Open the NEUTRAL switch on the LT544 and power the MCS® on. Note reading in mi-
croamperes in both lifted and closed ground mode.
6. Close the NEUTRAL switch and measure the NORMAL and REVERSE mode with the
ground opened and closed.
7. Verify that all readings are < 70 microamperes (< 400 @220V).
Ground Continuity Test

1. Remove the front access panel.
2. Change the meter mode to measure resistance at 0–2 ohms.
3. Set LT544 to RESISTANCE.
4. Plug ground wire (coiled black wire with clip) into green socket.
5. Attach clip to the following exposed metal locations. Verify that there is continuity to the
test points and record the highest reading (less 160 milliohms LT544 internal resistance)
on the service report.
• Pump motor rotor screws (all pumps)
• Rear panel mounting screws
• Centrifuge cover hinge
• Front panel mounting screws
• Pinch valve plunger (all pinch valves)
• Card cage
5-6
Home
CHAPTER 6
Troubleshooting
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
STATUS MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
ERROR MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
CPU Error Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
SAFETY SYSTEM FAULT DETECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
Safety System Error Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
Command Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44
Fault Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
Critical Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
How to Use the Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
FAULT REGISTER TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
CRITICAL REGISTER TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61
Home
® ®+
Chapter 6, Troubleshooting — Introduction MCS /MCS Service Manual
INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides troubleshooting tips for solving electrical, mechanical, and
performance problems associated with the MCS®/MCS®+.
The MCS®/MCS®+ operating protocols use refined technologies that rely on many variables
to function. If possible, procure MCS®/MCS®+ operational training before investigating sys-
tem performance or product quality issues.
The messages reported by the MCS®/MCS®+ are specific and provide useful diagnostic infor-
mation about particular problems. The CPU PCB can generate more than one hundred types
of diagnostic messages, and the safety PCB can generate several hundred combinations of
safety fault codes. Most hardware or electrical failures will be reported by one
system or the other.
The MCS®/MCS®+ has a vast inventory of messages. These messages are important diagnos-
tic tools that can help you better understand a problem with your MCS®/MCS®+. Many of
the error messages used by the MCS®/MCS®+ have more complete descriptions located in
Chapter 3, Principles of Operation.
STATUS MESSAGES
Status messages alert the user that attention is needed to resolve an operational problem. Sta-
tus messages usually do not indicate that a malfunction has occurred, but in some cases, a
status message that cannot be cleared is an indication of a malfunction. One example is a
centrifuge cover latch that passes the system’s start-up tests but during operation causes a
status message that cannot be cleared. This chapter lists status messages that could be dis-
played if a hardware failure occurs, although such messages do not usually indicate a hard-
ware failure. These status messages are listed along with the CPU generated error messages.
ERROR MESSAGES
Error messages are generally categorized into one of two groups: CPU–generated messages
and safety system–generated messages.
By design, the CPU should always detect problems before the safety system does, and in
most cases, the fact that the safety system had to report the problem indicates some type of
problem with the CPU. Exceptions could be state faults caused by improper valve position,
or pump speed and direction problems. In rare cases, the safety system could respond more
quickly than the CPU, but this is most certainly an exception.
A CPU–generated message has a text description and is usually accompanied by a code

number. A code number is simply a reference number. The MCS®/MCS®+ operator does not
have to memorize the actual text message completely, because the code number can be
used to confirm the error message.
Monitoring of the machine for system errors begins the moment it is powered on. The first
screen displayed is a list of power-on diagnostic messages. It remains on the screen through-
out all power-on tests. As each test is successfully completed, a “P” appears in place of the
asterisk (*) to the right of the test name. If one of the tests fails, an “F” will appear in place of
the asterisk. In most cases, this will be all that is displayed to the operator. The remainder of
the tests will not be conducted if one test fails.
6-2
Home
® ®+
Chapter 6, Troubleshooting — Error Messages MCS /MCS Service Manual
CPU–generated error messages resemble the following example:
CODE = 50
PLEASE POWER OFF

PRESS YES TO RESUME PROCEDURE
PRESS NO FOR PROCEDURE STATS
A safety system–generated error message does not have a text description. Instead, five safety
system registers report information in hexadecimal format. Safety system generated error
messages resemble this example, where each XXXX represents a hexadecimal code:

COMMAND: XXXX
CHANNEL 1 CHANNEL 2
FAULT: XXXX XXXX
CRITICAL: XXXX XXXX
PLEASE RECORD THESE VALUES

CPU Error Messages

The CPU–generated error messages are listed on the following pages in numerical order
by error code, for those that have associated error codes. The remaining status and error
messages are listed alphabetically. Each message is accompanied by a brief description of
the problem indicated and the steps recommended to alleviate the problem. Chapter 3, Prin-
ciples of Operation can be referenced for more detailed descriptions of some error messages.
6-3
Home
® ®+
Table 6-1, CPU Error Messages
Code Text Message Description Suggested Resolution
4 CPU OPERATION ERROR CPU opcodes or registers are Replace CPU PCB. Using Utilities, cali-
not operating correctly. brate all components under A/D, centri-
fuge, and safety system and configure the
language. Reset protocol parameters
(MODIFY PROGRAM key) if parameters
were different from default values.
5 ROM TEST FAILURE ROM CRC does not match 1. Replace ROM IC (Main program IC).
value stored in NVRAM.
2. Replace CPU PCB.
7 CALIBRATION CRC FAILURE Calibration CRC does not 1. Recalibrate the A/D, centrifuge, and
match value stored in NVRAM. safety system.
2. Replace CPU PCB. Using Utilities, cali-
brate all components under A/D, centri-
9 AIR DETECTOR FAULT Air detector does not sense air 1. Use air detector test in Diagnostics to
(ACAD, BLAD, DLAD1, or during system start-up air verify problem.
DLAD2) detector test.
2. Refer to system schematic and check,
repair, or replace all electrical connections
associated with the failed air detector.
3. Replace the failed air detector.
10 DPM FAILED 20% ANALOG DPM channel of A/D converter Replace CPU PCB. Using Utilities, cali-
TEST failed 20% analog voltage load brate all components under A/D, centri-
test. fuge, and safety system and configure the
6-4
Home
® ®+
11 SPM FAILED 20% ANALOG SPM channel of A/D converter Replace CPU PCB. Using Utilities, cali-
6-5
Home
® ®+
12 DONOR VALVE POSITION Donor valve position switch MCS®:

FAULT indicates that valve did not
1. Use the valve test in Diagnostics to man-
transition.
ually transition valves and monitor valve
and switch response. The valve position
switch is normally closed, and when open,
+5 VDC can be measured on the green
wire terminal.
2. Swap valve connections at top deck dis-
tribution PCB to isolate problem to valve
or circuit.
3. If valve does not move, refer to system
schematic and check, repair, or replace all
connections associated with the donor
valve drive circuit.
4. Replace valve, driver PCB, or CPU PCB.
Using Utilities, calibrate all components
under A/D, centrifuge, and safety system
and configure the language. Reset protocol
parameters (MODIFY PROGRAM key) if
parameters were different from default val-
ues.
5. If valve does move but is not recog-
nized, refer to system schematic and
check, repair, or replace all connections
associated with the donor valve position
switch or replace the valve.
6. Replace driver or CPU PCB. Using Utili-
ties, calibrate all components under A/D,
centrifuge, and safety system and configure
the language. Reset protocol parameters
MCS®+:
1. Check as above.
2. Check all pneumatic and electrical con-
nections on valve compressor.
3. Check pneumatic pressure.
4. If pressure is low and valve compressor
does not turn on, replace valve compressor
and replace top distribution board.
6-6
Home
® ®+
12 PLASMA VALVE POSITION Plasma valve position switch MCS®:

transition.
wire terminal.
or circuit.
connections associated with the plasma
ues.
associated with the plasma valve position
MCS®+:
1. Check as above.
6-7
Home
® ®+
12 PLATELET VALVE POSITION Platelet valve position switch MCS®:

transition.
wire terminal.
or circuit.
connections associated with the platelet
ues.
associated with the platelet valve position
MCS®+:
1. Check as above.
6-8
Home
® ®+
12 SURGE VALVE POSITION Surge valve position switch MCS®:

transition.
wire terminal.
or circuit.
connections associated with the surge
ues.
associated with the surge valve position
MCS®+:
1. Check as above.
6-9
Home
® ®+
12 RECIRC VALVE POSITION Surge valve position switch MCS®+:

transition.
wire terminal.
or circuit.
connections associated with the valve
drive circuit.
ues.
associated with the valve position switch
or replace the valve.
6-10
Home
® ®+
12 NACL VALVE POSITION Surge valve position switch MCS®+:

transition.
wire terminal.
or circuit.
drive circuit.
ues.
6-11
Home
® ®+
12 SAGM VALVE POSITION Surge valve position switch MCS®+:

transition.
wire terminal.
or circuit.
drive circuit.
ues.
6-12
Home
® ®+
13 DONOR VALVE CURRENT Donor valve current sense cir- 1. In Diagnostics, check that the valve
FAULT cuit indicates that current did feedback is being displayed by the CPU.
not transition high or low.
2. If not, swap values to determine if the
problem follows the valve.
3. If it does, replace the valve.
4. If not, replace driver PCB.
13 PLASMA VALVE CURRENT Plasma valve current sense cir- 1. In Diagnostics, check that the valve
13 PLATELET VALVE CURRENT Platelet valve current sense cir- 1. In Diagnostics, check that the valve
fuge, and safety system, and configure the
6-13
Home
® ®+
13 SURGE VALVE CURRENT Surge valve current sense cir- 1. In Diagnostics, check that the valve
13 RECIRC VALVE CURRENT Surge valve current sense cir- 1. In Diagnostics, check that the valve
NOTE: MCS®+ only
13 NACL VALVE CURRENT Surge valve current sense cir- 1. In Diagnostics, check that the valve
NOTE: MCS®+ only
6-14
Home
® ®+
13 SAGM VALVE CURRENT Surge valve current sense cir- 1. In Diagnostics, check that the valve
NOTE: MCS®+ only
15 WATCHDOG ERROR Safety system relay did not 1. Replace driver PCB.
open during system start-up
2. Replace safety PCB.
watchdog test.
were different from default values
16 WATCHDOG ERROR Safety system relay did not 1. Replace driver PCB.
close during system start-up
watchdog test.
17 WATCHDOG ERROR Safety system did not post fault 1. Replace safety PCB.
to register during system start-
up watchdog test.
19 LOW PRESSURE ERROR Safety system relay did not 1. Replace driver PCB.
low pressure test.
20 LOW PRESSURE ERROR Safety system relay did not 1. Replace driver PCB.
low pressure test.
6-15
Home
® ®+
21 LOW PRESSURE ERROR Safety system did not post fault 1. Replace safety PCB.
up low pressure test.
22 LOW PRESSURE ERROR DPM low pressure load test 1. Using Diagnostics, load the DPM for
produced a value that is out of low pressure and measure the DPM signal
the range of 1265–1620. at J105 pin 7 of the CPU PCB. Acceptable
range for low reading is
1.54–1.98 VDC (1265–1620). If analog
voltage exceeds range, replace DPM.
23 LOW PRESSURE ERROR DPM low pressure load test 1. Recalibrate the safety system in Utilities
produced a value that was and verify that low pressure digital reading
± 7% from calibrated value. is between 1265 and 1620. If digital read-
ing is out of range or grossly fluctuating,
replace DPM.
25 HIGH PRESSURE ERROR Safety system relay did not 1. Replace driver PCB.
high pressure test.
26 HIGH PRESSURE ERROR Safety system relay did not 1. Replace driver PCB.
high pressure test.
27 HIGH PRESSURE ERROR Safety system did not post fault 1. Replace safety PCB.
up high pressure test.
6-16
Home
® ®+
28 HIGH PRESSURE ERROR DPM high pressure load test 1. Using Diagnostics, load the DPM for
produced a value that is out of high pressure and measure the DPM signal
the range of 3260–4080. at J105 pin 7 of the CPU PCB. Acceptable
range for high reading is
3.98–4.98 VDC (3260–4080). If analog
voltage exceeds range, replace DPM.
29 HIGH PRESSURE ERROR DPM high pressure load test 1. Recalibrate the safety system in Utilities
produced a value that was and verify that high pressure digital reading
± 7% from calibrated value. is between 3260 and 4080. If digital read-
ing is out of range, replace DPM.
31 CHANNEL 1 STATE ERROR Safety system relay did not 1. Replace driver PCB.
Channel 1 state test.
33 CHANNEL 1 STATE ERROR Safety system did not post fault 1. Replace safety PCB.
up Channel 1 state test.
34 CHANNEL 1 STATE ERROR Safety system did not respond Replace safety PCB.
to air signal during system start-
(AIR STATE TEST)
up Channel 1 and 2 air detec-
tor state test.
6-17
Home
® ®+
up Channel 2 state test.
(AIR STATE TEST) 2. Replace safety PCB.
Channel 1 and 2 air detector
state test.
(AIR STATE TEST) 2. Replace safety PCB.
Channel 1 and 2 air detector
state test.
(AIR STATE TEST) 2. Replace CPU PCB. Using Utilities, cali-
up Channel 1 and 2 air detector
state test.
43 CHANNEL 1 TIME BASE Safety system relay did not 1. Replace driver PCB.
ERROR open during system start-up
Channel 1 time base test.
ERROR close during system start-up
45 CHANNEL 1 TIME BASE Safety system did not post fault Replace safety PCB.
ERROR to register during system start-
up Channel 1 time base test.
ERROR open during system start-up
ERROR close during system start-up
49 CHANNEL 2 TIME BASE Safety system did not post fault 1. Replace safety PCB.
ERROR to register during system start-
up Channel 2 time base test.
6-18
Home
® ®+
50 LINE SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO Line sensor voltage level is less 1. Use Utilities to display the line sensor
LOW than acceptable value after digital voltage in Diagnostics under trans-
confirming sensor is clean and ducers. Measure the analog line sensor
no tubing is installed (2252) voltage to ground at J105 pin 8 on the CPU
(2.75 VDC). PCB. Divide the digital reading by 819 to
convert to analog voltage.
2. If converted digital voltage equals mea-
sured analog voltage, calibrate the digital
line sensor voltage to 2866–3276 (3.75 ±
0.25 VDC) by adjusting trim pot located
inside line sensor (remove access hole
plug). If line sensor cannot be calibrated,
replace line sensor.
3. If voltages differ significantly, replace
CPU PCB. Using Utilities, calibrate all
components under A/D, centrifuge, and
safety system, and configure the language.
Reset protocol parameters (MODIFY PRO-
GRAM key) if parameters were different
from default values.
51 LINE SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO Line sensor voltage level is 1. Use Utilities to display the line sensor
HIGH greater than acceptable value digital voltage in Diagnostics under trans-
after confirming sensor is clean ducers. Measure the analog line sensor
and no tubing is installed voltage to ground at J105 pin 8 on the CPU
(3890) (4.75 VDC). PCB. Divide the digital reading by 819 to
convert to analog voltage.
2. If converted digital voltage equals mea-
sured analog voltage, calibrate the digital
line sensor voltage to 2866–3276 (3.75 ±
0.25 VDC) by adjusting trim pot located
inside line sensor (remove access hole
plug). If line sensor cannot be calibrated,
replace line sensor.
3. If voltages differ significantly, replace
CPU PCB. Using Utilities, calibrate all
components under A/D, centrifuge, and
52 CONFIGURATION CRC Configuration CRC does not 1. Reconfigure the language in Utilities.
FAILURE match value stored in NVRAM.
6-19
Home
® ®+
102 CENTRIFUGE OVERSPEED Centrifuge encoder signals 1. Using Utilities, display the centrifuge
indicate that spindle speed is screen under Diagnostics. Install bowl in
300 rpm greater than set speed. centrifuge and turn on vacuum pump. Start
centrifuge and measure actual speed ver-
sus various set speeds. If speeds are wrong,
use calibration to calibrate speed.
2. If speed is wrong by a gross amount, set
the centrifuge set speed to 3000 rpm and
measure the centrifuge command + signal
at P401 pin 18A (pin 17) on the backplane
PCB. Signal should be around +4.2 VDC
for machines that have 7000 rpm centri-
fuges; +5.2 VDC for 5800 rpm centrifuges.
If signal is wrong, replace the driver PCB.
4. If command + signal is OK, replace
either the centrifuge controller PCB or the
centrifuge assembly.
6-20
Home
® ®+
103 CENTRIFUGE UNDERSPEED Centrifuge encoder signals 1. Check bowl installation for misaligned
indicate that spindle speed is base, or check that bowl seal is not binding
300 rpm less than set speed. by spinning bowl by hand while holding
bowl header stationary.
2. Using Utilities, display the centrifuge
screen under Diagnostics. Install bowl in
centrifuge and turn on vacuum pump. Start
sus various set speeds. If speeds are slightly
wrong, use calibration to calibrate speed.
3. If speed is wrong by a gross amount, set
the centrifuge set speed to 3000 rpm and
measure the centrifuge command + signal
at P401 pin 18A (pin 17) on the backplane
4. If signal is still wrong, replace CPU PCB.
under A/D, centrifuge, and safety system,
ues.
6-21
Home
® ®+
108 CENTRIFUGE NOT Centrifuge encoder signals 1. Check bowl for frozen header.
RUNNING indicate that centrifuge did not
2. Check +48 volt supply.
spin at all when command was
given to run centrifuge. 3. Refer to system schematic and check,
associated with the centrifuge drive circuit.
4. Using Utilities, display the centrifuge
screen under Diagnostics. Install bowl in
centrifuge and turn on vacuum pump. Start
sus various set speeds.
5. If centrifuge does not spin at all, mea-
sure the centrifuge command + signal at
P401 pin 18A (pin 17) on the backplane
6. If signal is still wrong, replace CPU PCB.
under A/D, centrifuge, and safety system,
ues.
200 BLOOD PUMP NO SIGNAL Blood pump encoder signals 1. Refer to the system schematic and
indicate that pump is not check, repair, or replace all electrical
moving when in a running connections associated with the pump
state. drive circuit.
2. Swap motor and encoder plugs at top
deck distribution PCB to isolate problem.
3. Measure +28 volt pulse modulated sig-
nal across pump drive connector P616
(P812 on the MCS®+) on the top deck dis-
tribution PCB while attempting to run
pump. If no signal, replace driver PCB or
CPU PCB.
4. If signal exists, replace pump motor.
6-22
Home
® ®+
201 ACD PUMP NO SIGNAL A/C pump encoder signals indi- 1. Refer to the system schematic and
cate that pump is not moving check, repair, or replace all electrical
when in a running state. connections associated with the pump
drive circuit.
2. Swap motor and encoder plugs at top
deck distribution PCB to isolate problem.
3. Use Diagnostics to run pumps. Measure
+28 volt pulse modulated signal across
pump drive connector P614 (P811 on the
MCS®+) on the top deck distribution PCB
while attempting to run pump. If no signal,
replace driver PCB or CPU PCB.
4. If signal exists, replace pump motor.
202 BLOOD PUMP TOO SLOW Blood pump encoder signals 1. Swap motor and encoder plugs at top
indicate that pump is moving deck distribution PCB to isolate problem.
slower than set speed.
2. Replace pump motor, or driver or CPU
PCB. If CPU, recalibrate A/D, centrifuge
and safety system, and reconfigure the
language in Utilities. Reset protocol
ues.
203 BLOOD PUMP TOO FAST Blood pump encoder signals 1. Swap motor and encoder plugs at top
faster than set speed.
ues.
204 ACD PUMP TOO FAST A/C pump encoder signals 1. Swap motor and encoder plugs at top
faster than set speed.
ues.
6-23
Home
® ®+
205 RATIO FAULT TOO LOW Blood and A/C pump encoder 1. Swap motor and encoder plugs at top
signals indicate that pump ratio deck distribution PCB to isolate problem.
is lower than set ratio.
ues.
206 RATIO FAULT TOO HIGH Blood and A/C pump encoder 1. Swap motor and encoder plugs at top
signals indicate that pump ratio deck distribution PCB to isolate problem.
is higher than set ratio.
ues.
207 ACD PUMP WRONG A/C pump encoder signals 1. Swap motor and encoder plugs at top
DIRECTION indicate that pump is moving in deck distribution PCB to isolate problem.
wrong direction.
and safety system, and reconfigure the lan-
guage in Utilities. Reset protocol parame-
ters (MODIFY PROGRAM key) if
ues.
208 BLOOD PUMP WRONG Blood pump encoder signals 1. Swap motor and encoder plugs at top
DIRECTION indicate that pump is moving in deck distribution PCB to isolate problem.
wrong direction.
ues.
209 A/C PUMP POSITION FAULT Driver board indicates that A/C 1. Swap motor and encoder plugs at top
pump position is 128 counts deck distribution PCB to isolate problem.
ahead or lagging set pump
position.
ues.
6-24
Home
® ®+
210 BLOOD PUMP POSITION Driver board indicates that 1. Swap motor and encoder plugs at top
FAULT blood pump position is 128 deck distribution PCB to isolate problem.
counts ahead or lagging set
pump position.
ues.
211 RECIRCULATION PUMP Recirculation pump wrong 1. Swap motor and encoder plugs at top
TURNING WRONG direction deck distribution PCB to isolate problem.
DIRECTION
ues.
212 RECIRCULATION PUMP Recirculation pump position 1. Swap motor and encoder plugs at top
POSITION FAULT fault deck distribution PCB to isolate problem.
ues.
6-25
Home
® ®+
300 NO VACUUM Vacuum switch indicates that 1. Using Utilities, display the centrifuge
vacuum level is less than screen under Diagnostics. Install bowl in
acceptable level during opera- centrifuge and turn on vacuum pump.
tion (<-9±1 psi). Measure actual vacuum level between the
vacuum switch and the centrifuge.
2. Measure signal at vacuum switch (+15
VDC when switch is closed, 0 VDC when
switch in open). If switch is open when
vacuum is less than -16 inHg, replace vac-
uum switch.
were different than default values.
4. If vacuum is less than -16 inHg, turn off
pump and check for a massive pneumatic
leak by monitoring vacuum bleed-off,
which should be less than 2 inHg/30 sec. If
pneumatic leak is minimal, rebuild or
replace vacuum pump.
5. If pneumatic leak exists, isolate leak to
either centrifuge dump valve/vacuum
switch assembly, vacuum pump, or pneu-
matic plumbing.
6. If centrifuge is at fault, clean quad ring
and channel, then grease ring with Dow
Corning High Vacuum grease. Check
hydrophobic filter area for any obstruction
that would prevent bowl from seating on
spindle.
7. Isolate centrifuge internal seal by plac-
ing tape over vacuum hole in the chuck.
8. Replace centrifuge vacuum seal at bot-
tom of centrifuge.
6-26
Home
® ®+
301 VACUUM SYSTEM PLUGGED Vacuum switch indicates 1. Inspect hydrophobic filter in centrifuge
blockage between switch and spindle and in-line filter in pneumatic tub-
centrifuge spindle during sys- ing for evidence of wetness or blockage.
tem start-up vacuum system Replace as needed.
test.
2. If no blockage exists between switch
and centrifuge, refer to system schematic
and check, repair, or replace all electrical
connections relating to vacuum switch.
3. Replace vacuum switch.
502 SPM FILTER INTERLOCK Fifty second time-out has 1. If request to remove filter remains dis-
FAILURE occurred after request to played after removing SPM filter from SPM
remove SPM filter. Before trou- within fifty seconds, refer to the system
bleshooting, be sure filter was schematic and check, repair or replace all
removed within fifty seconds of electrical connections associated with the
displayed request. SPM.
2.Use Diagnostics to check SPM inter-
locks. Check that filter sleeve is properly
installed in SPM and that the filter inter-
locks respond properly when the filter
sleeve is twisted clockwise and counter-
clockwise. Remove filter sleeve and reseat.
Replace SPM if problem is found. Use Util-
ities to recalibrate A/D and safety system.
6-27
Home
® ®+
504 DPM / SPM FILTER Fifty second time-out has 1. If request to remove filter remains dis-
INTERLOCK FAILURE occurred after request to played after removing DPM and SPM filter
remove DPM and SPM filters. from DPM and SPM within fifty seconds,
Before troubleshooting, be refer to the system schematic and check,
sure filters were removed repair, or replace all electrical connections
within fifty seconds of dis- associated with the DPM and SPM.
played request.
2.Use Diagnostics to check DPM and SPM
interlocks. Check that filter sleeve is prop-
erly installed in DPM and SPM and that the
filter interlocks respond properly when the
filter sleeve is twisted clockwise and coun-
terclockwise. Remove filter sleeve and
reseat. Replace DPM and SPM if problem
is found. Use Utilities to recalibrate A/D
and safety system.
507 DPM FILTER INTERLOCK Fifty second time-out has 1. If request to remove filter remains dis-
FAILURE occurred after request to played after removing DPM filter from
remove DPM filter. Before trou- DPM within fifty seconds, refer to the sys-
bleshooting, be sure filter was tem schematic and check, repair, or
removed within fifty seconds of replace all electrical connections associ-
displayed request. ated with the DPM.
2.Use Diagnostics to check DPM inter-
locks. Check that filter sleeve is properly
installed in DPM and that the filter inter-
locks respond properly when the filter
sleeve is twisted clockwise and counter-
clockwise. Remove filter sleeve and reseat.
Replace DPM if problem is found. Use
Utilities to recalibrate A/D and safety sys-
tem.
6-28
Home
® ®+
509 A/C AIR DETECTOR FAULT ACAD does not sense air dur- 1. Use air detector test in Diagnostics to
ing system start-up air detector verify problem.
test.
associated with the ACAD.
3. Replace ACAD air detector.
510 BLOOD AIR DETECTOR BLAD does not sense air during 1. Use air detector test in Diagnostics to
FAULT system start-up air detector test. verify problem.
repair or replace all electrical connections
associated with the BLAD.
3. Replace BLAD air detector.
511 DONOR 1 AIR DETECTOR DLAD1 does not sense air dur- 1. Use air detector test in Diagnostics to
FAULT ing system start-up air detector verify problem.
test.
associated with the DLAD1.
3. Replace DLAD1 air detector.
6-29
Home
® ®+
512 DONOR 2 AIR DETECTOR DLAD2 does not sense air dur- 1. Use air detector test in Diagnostics to
FAULT ing system start-up air detector verify problem.
test.
associated with the DLAD2.
3. Replace DLAD2 air detector.
513 FLUID HAS BEEN DETECTED Fluid was detected in the cen- 1. If there is fluid in the well, discontinue
IN THE CENTRIFUGE WELL trifuge well (fluid sensor). the procedure, remove the disposable set,
and clean the centrifuge well. Return the
disposable set to Haemonetics per the
RGA policy outlined in the MCS ®/MCS®+
Operator and Maintenance Manual.
2. If there is no fluid, check all electrical
connections.
3. If there is no fluid in the centrifuge well,
replace the fluid sensor.
514 DPM OUT OF TOLERANCE DPM offset (ambient pressure) 1. Refer to system schematic and check,
is outside of acceptable range repair or replace all electrical connections
(1902–2194) (2.32–2.68 VDC). associated with the DPM.
2. Measure DPM signal offset (at ambient
pressure) at J105 pin 7 on the CPU PCB or
check in diagnostics. If it is not 2.32–2.68
VDC or 1902–2194, replace DPM. Recali-
brate DPM in A/D and safety system in
Utilities.
6-30
Home
® ®+
515 SPM OUT OF TOLERANCE SPM offset (ambient pressure) is 1. Refer to system schematic and check,
outside of acceptable range repair, or replace all electrical connections
(1902–2194) (2.32–2.68 VDC). associated with the SPM.
2. Measure DPM signal offset (at ambient
pressure) at J105 pin 7 on the CPU PCB or
check in Diagnostics. If it is not 2.32–2.68
VDC or 1902–2194, replace DPM. Recali-
brate DPM in A/D and safety system in
Utilities.
516 CUFF OUT OF TOLERANCE Cuff offset (ambient pressure) is 1. Refer to system schematic and check,
greater than acceptable value repair, or replace all electrical connections
after confirming cuff is associated with the cuff.
removed (190) (0.23 VDC).
2. Check cuff offset in Diagnostics and ver-
ify problem.
3. Replace front panel distribution PCB
(MCS®) or the top deck distribution PCB
(MCS®+) and calibrate cuff in A/D in Utili-
ties.
517 WEIGHER OUT OF Weigher offset is greater than 1. Refer to system schematic and check,
TOLERANCE acceptable value after confirm- repair or replace all electrical connections
ing all weight is removed (125) associated with the weigher.
(0.15 VDC).
2. Check weigher offset in Diagnostics and
verify problem.
3. Replace weigher load cell and calibrate
weigher in A/D in Utilities.
6-31
Home
® ®+
701 CPU RELAY CLOSING CPU relay fails to close during 1. Replace driver PCB.
FAILURE system start-up test.
702 CPU RELAY OPENING CPU relay fails to open during 1. Replace driver PCB.
FAILURE system start-up test.
800 SOFTWARE WATCHDOG Software watchdog fault. Replace CPU PCB. Using Utilities, cali-
FAULT brate all components under A/D, centri-
801 PADIF RELAY OPENING PADIF relay did not open when Replace the driver PCB.
FAILURE commanded.
802 SOFTWARE WATCHDOG Unknown software. 1. Replace the operating system EPROM
FAULT (main program).
803 SOFTWARE WATCHDOG Software watchdog fault. Proceed with “Quick Recovery.”
FAULT
9999 INTERNAL SOFTWARE Internal software error. 1. Replace the operating system EPROM
ERROR (main program).
6-32
Home
® ®+
9999 *****NO FLOW***** Pump speeds have decelerated 1. This is a normal message if pressure
to zero because of low pressure from the donor is low, possibly caused by a
measurement by DPM. flow restriction.
2. Use Diagnostics to check the DPM cali-
bration.
3. Replace DPM. Use Utilities to calibrate
DPM and SPM in A/D screen, and safety
system screen for DPM only.
9999 AIR DETECTED EARLY BLAD air signal indicates air This condition could be the result of the
before 200 ml plus plasma bowl not completely emptying. This may
return volume has been occur if the RBC’s in the bowl are very vis-
pumped from bowl. cous, caused by excessive centrifugation.
1. Use air detector test in Diagnostics to
confirm problem.
2. Refer to the system schematic and
check, repair, or replace all electrical
connections associated with the BLAD air
detector.
3. With fluid-filled tubing installed in the
air detector, measure the (+5 VDC fluid, 0
VDC air) BLAD signal at P502 pin 31 on
the backplane PCB. If no signal, replace
ACAD air detector.
6-33
Home
® ®+
9999 AIR DETECTED IN BLOOD BLAD air signal indicates air This condition could be the result of tubing
LINE. CHECK TUBING AT when fluid is expected 25 ml not being fully seated in the air detector.
BLAD SENSOR after Draw began.
confirm problem.
check, repair, or replace all electrical con-
nections associated with the BLAD air
detector.
3. With fluid-filled tubing installed in the
air detector, measure the (+5 VDC fluid, 0
VDC air) BLAD signal at P502 pin 31 on
the backplane PCB. If no signal, replace
ACAD air detector.
9999 AIR IN ANTICOAGULANT ACAD air signal indicates air This condition could be the result of tubing
LINE when fluid is expected. not being fully seated in the air detector or
from improper priming of the antibacterial
filter.
confirm problem.
nections associated with the ACAD air
detector.
3. If fluid is present in tubing and tubing is
installed in the air detector, measure the
ACAD signal (+5 VDC fluid, 0 VDC air) at
P502 pin 29 on the backplane PCB. If no
signal, replace ACAD air detector.
6-34
Home
® ®+
9999 AIR IN DONOR LINE 1 DLAD 1 air signal indicates air This condition could be the result of tubing
when fluid is expected. not being fully seated in the air detector.
confirm problem.
check, repair, or replace all electrical
connections associated with the DLAD1
air detector.
DLAD1 signal (+5 VDC fluid, 0 VDC air) at
signal, replace DLAD1 air detector.
9999 AIR IN DONOR LINE 2 DLAD 2 air signal indicates air This condition could be the result of tubing
when fluid is expected. not being fully seated in the air detector.
confirm problem.
nections associated with the DLAD2 air
detector.
DLAD2 signal (+5 VDC fluid, 0 VDC air) at
signal, replace DLAD2 air detector.
9999 AN OCCLUSION IS SENSED SPM pressure measurement 1. This is a normal message if tubing from
AT THE OUTLET SIDE OF THE exceeds acceptable limit the bowl to the plasma/platelet bags is
BOWL - PLEASE CHECK DIS- of >110 mmHg in Draw obstructed during Draw or Return, or ster-
POSABLE FOR KINKS OR and <-90 mmHg in Return. ile air has become trapped in the wrong
UNOPENED CLAMPS bag.
2. Check calibration of SPM in Utilities.
6-35
Home
® ®+
9999 ARRAY BOUNDS ERROR An internal software error has 1. Check +5 VDC power supply.
occurred, where an item was
accessed beyond a defined
array.
6-36
Home
® ®+
9999 BOWL IS NOT SEATED Vacuum switch signal indi- 1. Open the centrifuge lid.
cates that vacuum level is less
2. Reseat the bowl.
than acceptable level five sec-
onds after Draw begins 3. Close and lock the centrifuge cover.
(<-9 ± 1 psi).
4. Press DRAW to proceed.1. Using Utili-
ties, display the centrifuge screen under
Diagnostics. Install bowl in centrifuge and
turn on vacuum pump. Measure actual
vacuum level by inserting vacuum measur-
ing device between the vacuum switch
and the centrifuge.
5. If measured vacuum is less than
-8 psi, refer to system schematic and
nections associated with the vacuum
switch.
6. Measure signal at vacuum switch
(+15 VDC when switch is closed, 0 VDC
when switch is open). If switch is open
when vacuum is less than -8 psi, replace
vacuum switch.
8. If vacuum is less than -8 psi, turn off
pump and check for a massive pneumatic
leak by monitoring vacuum bleed off,
which should be less than 1 psi/30 sec. If
pneumatic leak is minimal, rebuild or
replace vacuum pump.
9. If pneumatic leak exists, isolate leak to
either centrifuge, dump valve/vacuum
switch assembly, vacuum pump, or pneu-
matic plumbing.
10. If centrifuge is at fault, clean quad ring
and channel, then grease ring with Dow
Corning High Vacuum grease. Check
hydrophobic filter area for any obstruction
that would prevent bowl from seating on
spindle.
11. Isolate centrifuge internal seal by plac-
ing tape over vacuum hole in the chuck.
12. Replace centrifuge vacuum seal at bot-
tom of centrifuge.
6-37
Home
® ®+
9999 CENTRIFUGE COVER OPEN - Centrifuge cover latch 1. Install a bowl into the centrifuge and
PLEASE CLOSE CENTRIFUGE switches indicate that cover is check that centrifuge cover halves are
COVER open or unlocked beginning or closed completely, and that bowl header is
during Draw. aligned properly in centrifuge cover
halves. Listen for two distinctive clicks
from microswitches when cover latch
knob secures the cover halves.
2. Close and latch the cover halves and
measure +28 VDC on P404 pin 2 and
+15 VDC on P404 pin 3 of the centrifuge
distribution PCB. If no signal exists, check
alignment of centrifuge cover latch micro-
switches and adjust accordingly.
3. If signal exists, but CPU is not respond-
ing, refer to the system schematic and
nections associated with the centrifuge
cover switch signals.
9999 DIVISION BY ZERO Computer executed a division 1. Check +5 volt supply.

by zero command.
9999 WARNING ECV warning is executed at 1. This message could occur if the
700, 800, and 900 ml during hematocrit of the donor’s blood is very
ECV IS NOW XXX
any therapeutic protocol (PEX, low, or if the blood pump efficiency is neg-
PRESS “DRAW” TO CON- MNC). atively affected by a flow restriction or
TINUE OR “RETURN” TO some problem with the pump rotor.
ABORT
2. Conduct a flow test on the blood pump.
Replace blood pump rotor if efficiency is
less than acceptable value.
9999 DRAW CYCLE TOO LONG - Blood pump encoder signals 1. This message could occur if the
PRESS RETURN TO indicate that draw volume has hematocrit of the donor’s blood is very
CONTINUE exceeded acceptable limit low, or if the blood pump efficiency is neg-
(700 ml for SDP, PLP FFP; atively affected by a flow restriction or
940 ml for PEX and MNC). some problem with the pump rotor.
2. Conduct a flow test on the blood pump.
Replace blood pump rotor if efficiency is
less than acceptable value.
6-38
Home
® ®+
9999 FLUID HAS BEEN DETECTED Spill detector signal indicates 1. Using Utilities, display the centrifuge
IN THE CENTRIFUGE WELL - that fluid has been detected in screen under diagnostics and monitor the
DISCONTINUE PROCEDURE the centrifuge well. spill detector signal labeled SPILL. True
AND CLEAN THE CENTRI- means fluid is sensed, false means no fluid
FUGE WELL is sensed. Wipe the spill detector with a
dry cloth while monitoring spill signal.
2. Measure + 10 VDC fluid sensor signal at
P406 pin 1 on the centrifuge distribution
board. If signal is present and sensor is dry,
replace fluid sensor assembly.
3. If signal is 0 VDC and SPILL = TRUE,
replace CPU PCB. Using Utilities, calibrate
all components under A/D, centrifuge, and
9999 HIGH PRESSURE IN DONOR DPM pressure measurement 1. If problem occurred after Prime mode,
LINE - RELIEVE PRESS. exceeds acceptable limit in there may have been an obstruction in the
BEFORE PHLEBOTOMY ready mode (>100 mmHg). disposable tubing between pumps.
2. If the "Stop/Ready" mode is entered dur-
ing the Return cycle, this condition could
result because of the positive pressure in
Return.
3. Turn blood pump clockwise to relieve
positive pressure.
4. Continue with procedure
If problem persists, check calibration of
DPM in Diagnostics.
9999 ILLEGAL OPCODE ERROR Computer executed an illegal 1. Check +5 volt supply.
instruction. Computer is lost
and cannot execute com-
mands.
6-39
Home
® ®+
9999 NEGATIVE RTN PRESSURE DPM pressure measurement This message appears if there has been
exceeds acceptable limit major flow problems in Draw as a result of
(<-40). an obstruction in the disposable tubing or
vein infiltration at the needle site.
1. This is a highly unusual message which
may indicate an intermittently defective
DPM or A/D circuit. Check calibration of
DPM in Utilities.
2. Replace DPM and calibrate A/D and
safety system in Utilities.
9999 OVERFLOW ERROR An internal computational error 1. Check +5 VDC power supply voltage.
has occurred.
9999 RETURN CYCLE TOO LONG - BLAD air signal indicates fluid 1. If fluid still exists in the tubing and espe-
PLEASE PRESS RETURN TO after bowl volume plus plasma cially the bowl, check for obstructions in
RESUME return volume has been the blood pump tubing or effluent line, or
pumped from bowl. for air in wrong bag. If no obstructions
exist, check the efficiency of the blood
pump. Replace blood pump rotor if effi-
ciency is less than acceptable value.
2. If no fluid exists in the tubing, the air
detector did not sense air. Replace the air
detector.
9999 SOFTWARE WATCHDOG CPU did not execute required Replace CPU PCB. Using Utilities, cali-
FAULT - CURRENT steps resulting in watchdog brate all components under A/D, centri-
MODULE=, EXPECTED time-out. fuge, and safety system, and configure the
MODULE =, CURRENT language. Reset protocol parameters
STATE = (MODIFY PROGRAM key) if parameters
9999 SOFTWARE WATCHDOG CPU did not execute required Replace CPU PCB. Recalibrate A/D, centri-
FAULT - INVALID STATE= steps resulting in watchdog fuge and safety system, and reconfigure the
time-out. language in Utilities. Reset protocol
ues.
6-40
Home
® ®+
9999 SPM/DPM FILTER IS NOT DPM and SPM interlock signals 1. Verify that white sleeves are fully seated.
INSTALLED - PLEASE indicate that DPM and SPM fil-
2. Check interlock functionality in Diag-
INSTALL AND UNCLAMP IT ters are not installed after sys-
nostics.
tem initialization.
nections associated with the DPM and
SPM.
4. Replace DPM and SPM. Use Utilities to
calibrate DPM and SPM in A/D screen, and
safety system screen for DPM only.
9999 SPM FILTER IS NOT SPM interlock signals indicate 1. Verify that white sleeves are fully seated.
INSTALLED - PLEASE that SPM filter is not installed
2. Check interlock functionality in Diag-
INSTALL AND UNCLAMP IT during Draw or Return.
nostics.
nections associated with the SPM.
4. Replace SPM. Use Utilities to calibrate
SPM in the A/D screen.
9999 THE PROTOCOL PARAME- Protocol parameter CRC does Normally displayed at the first power up
TERS HAVE RESET TO THEIR not match value stored in after the main program has been changed.
ORIGINAL VALUES NVRAM. If message is reoccurring, replace CPU
PCB. Using Utilities, calibrate all compo-
nents under A/D, centrifuge, and safety sys-
tem, and configure the language. Reset
protocol parameters (MODIFY PROGRAM
key) if parameters were different from
default values.
9999 LANGUAGE RESET TO The configuration CRC does Use configuration in Utilities to select the
ENGLISH. RECONFIRM BY not match value stored in desired language. This must be done even
PRESSING YES NVRAM. if the desired language is set to English.
Otherwise, this message will appear each
time the MCS®/MCS®+ is powered on.
6-41
Home
® ®+
Chapter 6, Troubleshooting — Safety System Fault Detection MCS /MCS Service Manual
9999 HIGH PRESSURE DURING High pressure detected 1. Assure that there are no clamps, kinks,
PRIME between the A/C and blood or obstructions in the tubing of the A/C and
pump during Prime. blood pumps.
PLEASE CHECK ANTICOAG-
ULANT/DONOR LINES FOR 2. When pressure returns to normal limits,
OBSTRUCTION AND the following message will display:
PROPER INSTALLATION
Pressure is relieved.
3. Press PRIME to continue.
9999 LOW PRESSURE DURING Low pressure detected between 1. Assure that there are no clamps, kinks,
PRIME the A/C and blood pump during or obstructions in the tubing of the A/C and
Prime. blood pumps.
PLEASE CHECK ANTICOAGU-
LANT/DONOR LINES FOR 2. When pressure returns to normal limits,
OBSTRUCTIONS AND the following message will display:
PROPER INSTALLATION
Pressure is relieved.
3. Press PRIME to continue.

From the moment the MCS®/MCS®+ is powered on, the safety system is in operation. The
only time the MCS®/MCS®+ will not issue a safety system fault is when the safety system
itself is being tested during the power-on test phase. If the MCS®/MCS®+ safety system
detects an error, the system will shut down. The following is an example of the display panel
in the event of a safety system fault detection:
S A F E T Y S Y S T E M FA U LT D E T E C T I O N
COMMAND: XXXXH
CHANNEL 1 CHANNEL 2
FA U LT : XXXXH XXXXH
CRITICAL: XXXXH XXXXH
PRES S YES TO RES UME PROCEDURE
Note: The codes listed above are just examples. Codes will vary depending on the cause of the
problem.
During this fault detection a buzzer and a beeper will be heard. Record the fault codes prior
to powering off the machine. The field service representative will be able to determine if the
MCS®/MCS®+ may be used to continue a procedure based on the codes displayed and
recorded. If it is determined that the procedure must be aborted and blood must be returned
to a donor, gravity flow will have to be used.
Warning! It is imperative that the operator record the codes listed if the above message appears. This
information will be needed by the field service representative to help identify the reason for
safety system fault detection.
6-42
Home
® ®+
Safety System Error Messages

The safety system message displays five hexadecimal codes that represent the contents of
five safety system registers. These registers are labeled Command Register, Channel 1 Fault
Register, Channel 2 Fault Register, Channel 1 Critical Register, and Channel 2 Critical Regis-
ter. Two independent channels are used to provide redundant monitoring, and in most cir-
cumstances, Channel 1 and Channel 2 will display similar fault codes when an error occurs.
If one channel displays a different fault code than the other, and one code is a State Fault
(0010), the other fault probably occurred first and should be pursued. It is also possible for
the two channels to display different codes if one channel detected a fault which didn’t actu-
ally occur. An exception to this is when an Air Fault (0004) occurs in Return. In this case,
DLAD1 is monitored by Channel 1 only, and DLAD2 is monitored by Channel 2 only.
S A F E T Y S Y S T E M FA U LT D E T E C T I O N
COMMAND: XXXX
CHANNEL 1 CHANNEL 2
FAU LT: XX X X XXXX
CRITICAL: XXXX XXXX
P L E A S E R E C O R D T H E S E VA L U E S
P R E S S Y E S F O R P R O C E D U R E S TAT S
Command Register
The command register defines the mode of operation the machine was in when the fault
occurred by displaying one of these hexadecimal codes.
Table 6-2, Command Register
Mode of Operation Hexadecimal Code
Start test phase 0000
Stop 0007
Start application phase 001C
Draw 000B
Transfer 000E
Return 0015
Pause 000D
AutoPrime 001A
Start Test Phase (0000)

After MCS®/MCS®+ is powered on, and while conducting the system start-up tests.
6-43
Home
® ®+
Stop (0007)
Whenever the MCS®/MCS®+ is in Ready or the STOP key or PUMP STOP/START has been
pressed.
Start Application Phase (001C)

When the MCS®/MCS®+ is transitioning from the system start-up test mode to the applica-
tion mode.
The next five states include operational parameters for the monitored devices. Deviation
from these parameters will result in a state fault. The deviated parameter can be identified by
comparing the displayed state parameters to the anticipated state parameters.
Table 6-3, Operational Parameters
Blood Pump Blood Pump A/C Pump A/C Pump Donor Valve Surge Valve
rpm Direction rpm Direction State State
Draw 20–100 clockwise 1–20 clockwise Open Closed
X-fer (MCS® 20–250 Either 0 n/a Closed Open

only)
Return 20–150 counterclock- 0 n/a Either Either

wise
Pause 0 n/a 0 n/a Either Either
Prime 20–150 clockwise 20–150 clockwise Open Closed
Draw (000B)
Whenever the CPU executes a Draw command.
Transfer (000E)
Whenever the CPU executes a Plasma Transfer or Surge command.
Return (0015)
Whenever the CPU executes a Return command.
Pause (000D)
Whenever the MCS®/MCS®+ is transitioning from state to state.
Autoprime (001A)
Whenever the CPU executes a Prime command.
6-44
Home
® ®+
Fault Register
The fault register defines the actual fault that was detected. Each fault has a hexadecimal
code associated with it. If only one fault occurs, then one of the codes listed below will be
displayed. If two or more faults occur simultaneously, the actual code displayed is the hexa-
decimal sum of the two or more codes. Use the fault code chart later in this chapter to deci-
pher hexadecimal codes not listed below.
Table 6-4, Fault Register
Fault Hexadecimal Code
Time base fault 0001
Watchdog fault 0002
Air fault 0004
Pressure fault 0008
State fault 0010
Flow fault 0020
Power supply fault 0040
Critical fault 0080
Time Base Fault (0001)

The time base clock is not functioning properly or is not detected by the safety PCB.
Watchdog Fault (0002)

The watchdog signal is not functioning properly or is not detected by the safety PCB.
Air Fault (0004)

The CPU has failed to respond to an air detection in less than one second. The A/C air detec-
tor is monitored in Draw, and the DLAD1 and DLAD2 air detectors are monitored in Return.
Refer to the critical register to detect which air detector(s) were sensing air, causing the fault.
DLAD1 is monitored by Channel 1 only, and DLAD2 is monitored by Channel 2 only.
Pressure Fault (0008)

The safety system DPM pressure limit had been exceeded (-100– +330 mmHg).
State Fault (0010)

The motion of the motors or position of the donor or surge valves does not correspond with
the state command given to the safety system.
6-45
Home
® ®+
Flow Fault (0020)

The pump ratio exceeds the acceptable range (1:7.5–1:31.5), or the ECV limit has been
reached (983 ml). Refer to the critical register to determine if the ratio fault (0008) code is
displayed. If it is, then a ratio fault occurred; if it is not, then an ECV fault occurred.
Power Supply Fault (0040)

The +5 volt supply, as monitored on the safety PCB, exceeds the acceptable range (4.6–6.3
VDC).
Critical Fault (0080)

A motor movement, auto-prime, or interlock fault has been posted to the critical register.
Refer to critical register to determine which of the three faults occurred.
Critical Register
The critical register is used to better define the occurrence of a critical fault, flow fault, or air
fault. If one of these faults is identified in the fault register, then the critical register will pro-
vide more information about the fault. Each fault has a hexadecimal code associated with it.
If only one fault occurs, then one of the codes listed below will be displayed. If two or more
faults occur simultaneously, the actual code displayed will be the hexadecimal sum of the
two or more codes. This is a likely scenario, because an air detector hexadecimal code will
be summed with the fault code, if the air detector is sensing air at the time the fault is
detected.
Table 6-5, Critical Register
Critical Fault Hexadecimal Code
Motor movement fault 0001
Auto-prime fault 0002
Interlock fault 0004
Ratio fault 0008
ACAD air detector status 0010
DLAD 1 air detector status 0020
DLAD2 air detector status 0040
Motor Movement Fault (0001)

The motor has moved during a pause state or during the system start-up test phase (when the
MCS®/MCS®+ is in Ready, the pumps can be turned).
6-46
Home
® ®+
Autoprime Fault (0002)

An autoprime command has been received from the CPU after an application state has been
entered.
Interlock Fault (0004)

The CPU has failed to respond to an open DPM interlock within one second.
Ratio Fault (0008)

The pump ratio exceeds the acceptable range (1:7.5–1:31.5).
ACAD Air Detector Status (0010)

ACAD was sensing air when fault occurred.
DLAD1 Air Detector Status (0020)

DLAD1 was sensing air when fault occurred.
DLAD2 Air Detector Status (0040)

DLAD2 was sensing air when fault occurred.
6-47
Home
® ®+
How to Use the Fault Codes

When a safety fault has occurred, you can use a quick recovery to restart the interrupted pro-
cedure. The MCS®/MCS®+ can display the procedure statistics by pressing the YES key,
which will be of some use to the user to calculate the volume processed values.
1. Write down and label the four-digit hexadecimal data displayed for each register, then
proceed with quick recovery.
• Command = ?
• CH1 Fault = ?
• CH2 Fault = ?
• CH1 Critical = ?
• CH2 Critical = ?
2. Compare the command register code to the following chart to find out what mode the
MCS®/MCS®+ was in when the fault occurred.
Table 6-6, Hexadecimal Codes
Mode Hexadecimal Code
Start test phase 0000
Stop 0007
Start application phase 001C
Draw 000B
Transfer 000E
Return 0015
Pause 000D
AutoPrime 001A
3. Compare the Channel 1 or 2 fault code to the fault register chart to learn which fault oc-
curred. The defined fault codes are bold face. All other codes represent the possible hexa-
decimal sums that could be displayed if more than one fault occurred simultaneously. A
(1) indicates that the listed fault occurred. A (0) indicates that the listed fault did not occur.
4. If the fault code was 0004, 0020, or 0080, then the data in the critical register will be of
some use. Otherwise, disregard any data in the critical register. Compare the Channel 1
or 2 critical code to the critical register chart to learn which fault occurred. The defined
fault codes are bold face. All other codes represent the possible hexadecimal sums that
could be displayed if more than one fault occurred simultaneously. A (1) indicates that
the listed fault occurred. A (0) indicates that the listed fault did not occur.
5. Use the following troubleshooting steps to isolate the problem.
Time Base (0001)

1. If only one channel reports this fault, problem may be on safety PCB. Replace safety PCB.
2. If both channels report this fault, watchdog signal is not getting from CPU to safety PCB.
Replace CPU, safety, or backplane PCB.
6-48
Home
® ®+
Watchdog (0002)
2. If both channels report this fault, watchdog signal is not getting from CPU to safety PCB.
Replace CPU, safety, or backplane PCB.
Air (0004)
Note: MCS® software versions earlier than Rev. L and MCS®+ software earlier than Revs. C or D
will generate an air fault (0004) if air is detected in either DLAD1 or DLAD2 at the begin-
ning of a Return cycle.
2. If both channels report this fault, refer to the critical register to discover which air detector
signal sensed air. (ACAD = 0010, DLAD1 = 0020, DLAD2 = 0040)
Note: Both channels read the ACAD signal, but only Channel 1 reads the DLAD1 signal, and only
Channel 2 reads the DLAD2 signal.
3. Use the air detector test in Diagnostics to test the suspect air detector signal.
4. If the test does not sense the presence of fluid, then the CPU is not responding to the fluid
signal or the air detector is not functioning. Replace the CPU PCB or the offending air de-
tector.
5. If the test senses the presence of fluid, then the safety PCB is detecting false air signals.
Replace the safety PCB.
Pressure (0008)
Note: Error is most commonly caused by major obstruction disposable tubing or infiltration at the
needle site, resulting in a rapid increase in pressure.
2. If both channels report this fault, CPU PCB may not be reading DPM signal correctly, or
safety PCB may be misinterpreting DPM signal.
3. Use pressure test in Diagnostics to check DPM offset and actual pressure values. If pres-
sure is out of calibration, use A/D calibration in calibration, and try to recalibrate.
4. If DPM signal is within calibration ranges, then safety PCB is misinterpreting DPM signal.
Replace the safety PCB.
5. If DPM signal is not in calibration, attempt to calibrate DPM signal. However, it may
prove impossible to calibrate, and replacement of the DPM or the CPU PCB will then be
required.
State (0010)
Note: Error is most commonly caused by improper loading of the tubing into the anticoagulant or
the blood pump.
2. If both channels report this fault, use the pump and valve tests in Diagnostics to test the
function of both pumps, and the donor and surge valves. Check pump rotors for binding
rollers.
6-49
Home
® ®+
3. If pumps and valves pass Diagnostic tests, the state code data may have become corrupt
either on the CPU or the safety PCB. If problem is persistent, replace the CPU or safety
PCB.
Flow (0020)
2. If both channels report this fault, check the state code. If code is not Draw (000B), then
safety PCB is at fault. Replace safety PCB.
3. Refer to the critical register to isolate problem to ratio (0008) or ECV (none) fault.
4. If ratio fault, inspect for binding pump rotors, then use the pump test in Diagnostics to
check pump speed and ratio with a disposable loaded.
5. If ECV fault, use pump test in Diagnostics to check safety PCB ECV limit by running pumps
until volume processed = ECV limit (720 ml or 983 ml if using Rev. F or greater). Replace
safety PCB if fault occurs before ECV limit.
Power Supply (0040)

2. Measure +5 VDC supply.
3. If measured value is 4.6 > Vm < 6.3, replace the safety PCB.
4. If measured value is 6.3 < Vm < 4.6, adjust or replace power supply.
Critical (0080)
2. If both channels report this fault, refer to the critical register to isolate problem to motor
movement (0001), auto-prime (0002), or interlock (0004) fault.
3. If motor movement fault:
• Was rotor moved by hand during system start-up testing?
• Use pump test in Diagnostics to run pumps while monitoring the speed and volume
accounting values. Look for abnormal speed or volume increments indicating a prob-
lem with the pump encoders or drive circuit. Replace the pump motor, driver PCB,
or CPU PCB if problems are found.
4. If auto-prime fault:
Either CPU PCB sent wrong code, or safety PCB misinterpreted code. Replace either
PCB.
5. If interlock fault:
• Use pressure test in Diagnostics, and test the DPM filter interlock switches by alter-
nately installing and removing a DPM filter on the DPM.
• If signals are recognized, replace safety PCB.
• If signals are not recognized, check electrical connections associated with the DPM,
then replace the CPU PCB or DPM.
6-50
Home
® ®+
Fault Register
Hex Code Time Base Watchdog Air Pressure State Flow Power Critical
0000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0001 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0002 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
0003 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
0004 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
0005 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
0006 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
0007 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
0008 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
0009 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
000A 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0
000B 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0
000C 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
000D 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
000E 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
000F 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
0010 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
0011 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
0012 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0
0013 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0
0014 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
0015 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
0016 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0
0017 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0
0018 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0
0019 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0
001A 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0
001B 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0
001C 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0
6-51
Home
® ®+
001D 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0
001E 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0
001F 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0
0020 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
0021 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
0022 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0
0023 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0
0024 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0
0025 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0
0026 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0
0027 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0
0028 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
0029 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
002A 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0
002B 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0
002C 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0
002D 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0
002E 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0
002F 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0
0030 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0
0031 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0
0032 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
0033 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
0034 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0
0035 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0
0036 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0
0037 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0
0038 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0
0039 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0
003A 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0
003B 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0
6-52
Home
® ®+
003C 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0
003D 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0
003E 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0
003F 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0
0040 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
0041 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
0042 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0
0043 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0
0044 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0
0045 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0
0046 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0
0047 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0
0048 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0
0049 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0
004A 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0
004B 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0
004C 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0
004D 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0
004E 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0
004F 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0
0050 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0
0051 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0
0052 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0
0053 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0
0054 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
0055 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
0056 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0
0057 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0
0058 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0
0059 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0
005A 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0
6-53
Home
® ®+
005B 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0
005C 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
005D 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
005E 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0
005F 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0
0060 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0
0061 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0
0062 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0
0063 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0
0064 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0
0065 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0
0066 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0
0067 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0
0068 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0
0069 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0
006A 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0
006B 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0
006C 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0
006D 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0
006E 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0
006F 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0
0070 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0
0071 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0
0072 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0
0073 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0
0074 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0
0075 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0
0076 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0
0077 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0
0078 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0
0079 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0
6-54
Home
® ®+
007A 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0
007B 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0
007C 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0
007D 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0
007E 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
007F 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
0080 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
0081 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
0082 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
0083 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
0084 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1
0085 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1
0086 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1
0087 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1
0088 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
0089 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
008A 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1
008B 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1
008C 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1
008D 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1
008E 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1
008F 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1
0090 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
0091 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
0092 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1
0093 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1
0094 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1
0095 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1
0096 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1
0097 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1
0098 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1
6-55
Home
® ®+
0099 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1
009A 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1
009B 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1
009C 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1
009D 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1
009E 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1
009F 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1
00A0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
00A1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
00A2 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1
00A3 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1
00A4 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1
00A5 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1
00A6 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1
00A7 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1
00A8 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
00A9 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
00AA 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
00AB 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
00AC 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1
00AD 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1
00AE 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1
00AF 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1
00B0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1
00B1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1
00B2 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1
00B3 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1
00B4 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1
00B5 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1
00B6 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1
00B7 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1
6-56
Home
® ®+
00B8 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1
00B9 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1
00BA 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1
00BB 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1
00BC 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1
00BD 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1
00BE 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1
00BF 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1
00C0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
00C1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
00C2 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1
00C3 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1
00C4 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1
00C5 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1
00C6 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1
00C7 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1
00C8 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1
00C9 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1
00CA 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1
00CB 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1
00CC 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
00CD 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
00CE 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1
00CF 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1
00D0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1
00D1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1
00D2 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1
00D3 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1
00D4 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1
00D5 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1
00D6 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1
6-57
Home
® ®+
00D7 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1
00D8 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1
00D9 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1
00DA 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1
00DB 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1
00DC 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1
00DD 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1
00DE 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1
00DF 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1
00E0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
00E1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
00E2 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1
00E3 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1
00E4 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1
00E5 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1
00E7 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1
00E8 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1
00E9 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1
00EA 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1
00EB 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1
00EC 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1
00ED 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1
00EE 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1
00EF 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1
00F0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
00F1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
00F2 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1
00F3 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1
00F4 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1
00F5 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1
00F6 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1
6-58
Home
® ®+
00F7 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1
00F8 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1
00F9 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1
00FA 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1
00FB 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1
00FC 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1
00FD 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1
00FE 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
00FF 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
00AC 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1
00AD 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1
00AE 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1
00AF 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1
00B0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1
00B1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1
00B2 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1
00B3 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1
00B4 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1
00B5 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1
00B6 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1
00B7 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1
00B8 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1
00B9 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1
00BA 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1
00BB 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1
00BC 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1
00BD 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1
00BE 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1
00BF 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1
00C0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
00C1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
6-59
Home
® ®+
00C2 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1
00C3 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1
00C4 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1
00C5 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1
00C6 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1
00C7 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1
00C8 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1
00C9 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1
00CA 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1
00CB 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1
00CC 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
00CD 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
00CE 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1
00CF 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1
00D0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1
00D1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1
00D2 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1
00D3 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1
00D4 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1
00D5 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1
00D6 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1
6-60
Home
® ®+
Critical Register
Hex Code Motor Move Prime Interlock Ratio ACAD DLAD 1 DLAD 2
0000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0001 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
0002 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
0003 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
0004 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
0005 1 0 1 0 0 0 0
0006 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
0007 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
0008 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
0009 1 0 0 1 0 0 0
000A 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
000B 1 1 0 1 0 0 0
000C 0 0 1 1 0 0 0
000D 1 0 1 1 0 0 0
000E 0 1 1 1 0 0 0
000F 1 1 1 1 0 0 0
0010 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
0011 1 0 0 0 1 0 0
0012 0 1 0 0 1 0 0
0013 1 1 0 0 1 0 0
0014 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
0015 1 0 1 0 1 0 0
0016 0 1 1 0 1 0 0
0017 1 1 1 0 1 0 0
0018 0 0 0 1 1 0 0
0019 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
001A 0 1 0 1 1 0 0
001B 1 1 0 1 1 0 0
001C 0 0 1 1 1 0 0
6-61
Home
® ®+
001D 1 0 1 1 1 0 0
001E 0 1 1 1 1 0 0
001F 1 1 1 1 1 0 0
0020 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
0021 1 0 0 0 0 1 0
0022 0 1 0 0 0 1 0
0023 1 1 0 0 0 1 0
0024 0 0 1 0 0 1 0
0025 1 0 1 0 0 1 0
0026 0 1 1 0 0 1 0
0027 1 1 1 0 0 1 0
0028 0 0 0 1 0 1 0
0029 1 0 0 1 0 1 0
002A 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
002B 1 1 0 1 0 1 0
002C 0 0 1 1 0 1 0
002D 1 0 1 1 0 1 0
002E 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
002F 1 1 1 1 0 1 0
0030 0 0 0 0 1 1 0
0031 1 0 0 0 1 1 0
0032 0 1 0 0 1 1 0
0033 1 1 0 0 1 1 0
0034 0 0 1 0 1 1 0
0035 1 0 1 0 1 1 0
0036 0 1 1 0 1 1 0
0037 1 1 1 0 1 1 0
0038 0 0 0 1 1 1 0
0039 1 0 0 1 1 1 0
003A 0 1 0 1 1 1 0
003B 1 1 0 1 1 1 0
6-62
Home
® ®+
003C 0 0 1 1 1 1 0
003D 1 0 1 1 1 1 0
003E 0 1 1 1 1 1 0
003F 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
0040 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
0041 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
0042 0 1 0 0 0 0 1
0043 1 1 0 0 0 0 1
0044 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
0045 1 0 1 0 0 0 1
0046 0 1 1 0 0 0 1
0047 1 1 1 0 0 0 1
0048 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
0049 1 0 0 1 0 0 1
004A 0 1 0 1 0 0 1
004B 1 1 0 1 0 0 1
004C 0 0 1 1 0 0 1
004D 1 0 1 1 0 0 1
004E 0 1 1 1 0 0 1
004F 1 1 1 1 0 0 1
0050 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
0051 1 0 0 0 1 0 1
0052 0 1 0 0 1 0 1
0053 1 1 0 0 1 0 1
0054 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
0055 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
0056 0 1 1 0 1 0 1
0057 1 1 1 0 1 0 1
0058 0 0 0 1 1 0 1
0059 1 0 0 1 1 0 1
005A 0 1 0 1 1 0 1
6-63
Home
® ®+
005B 1 1 0 1 1 0 1
005C 0 0 1 1 1 0 1
005D 1 0 1 1 1 0 1
005E 0 1 1 1 1 0 1
005F 1 1 1 1 1 0 1
0060 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
0061 1 0 0 0 0 1 1
0062 0 1 0 0 0 1 1
0063 1 1 0 0 0 1 1
0064 0 0 1 0 0 1 1
0065 1 0 1 0 0 1 1
0066 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
0067 1 1 1 0 0 1 1
0068 0 0 0 1 0 1 1
0069 1 0 0 1 0 1 1
006A 0 1 0 1 0 1 1
006B 1 1 0 1 0 1 1
006C 0 0 1 1 0 1 1
006D 1 0 1 1 0 1 1
006E 0 1 1 1 0 1 1
006F 1 1 1 1 0 1 1
0070 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
0071 1 0 0 0 1 1 1
0072 0 1 0 0 1 1 1
0073 1 1 0 0 1 1 1
0074 0 0 1 0 1 1 1
0075 1 0 1 0 1 1 1
0076 0 1 1 0 1 1 1
0077 1 1 1 0 1 1 1
0078 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
0079 1 0 0 1 1 1 1
6-64
Home
® ®+
007A 0 1 0 1 1 1 1
007B 1 1 0 1 1 1 1
007C 0 0 1 1 1 1 1
007D 1 0 1 1 1 1 1
007E 0 1 1 1 1 1 1
007F 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
6-65
Home
CHAPTER 7
Disassembly
CAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
STATIC DISCHARGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
PART A: MCS® DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
REAR PANEL ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Cover Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Cuff Quick Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Air Detectors — Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Front Panel Distribution PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
CARD CAGE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Card Cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Centrifuge Distribution PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
CPU PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Main Program Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Safety PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Driver PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Backplane PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
TOP DECK ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Top Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Air Detectors – Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
A/C Air Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Blood Air Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Line Detector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Top Deck Distribution PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Weigher Arm Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Load Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Pinch Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
A/C:Blood Pump Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Home
Chapter 7, Disassembly — Table of Contents MCS®/MCS+ Service Manual
Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
SPM/DPM Detector Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
CENTRIFUGE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Centrifuge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Quad Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Hydrophobic Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Cover Halves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Cover Switch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Cover Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Fluid Detector Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Optics Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
TOP COVER ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Membrane Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Display Distribution PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Vacuum Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Membrane Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
POWER ENTRY MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Fuse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Centrifuge Motor Controller PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
PNEUMATIC MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Pneumatic Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
VACUUM PUMP ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Vacuum Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
A/C POLE HOLDER ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
A/C Pole Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
DRAIN TUBE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Drain Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
PHOTOELECTRIC ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Photoelectric Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
PART B: MCS®+ DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
REAR PANEL ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
7-2
Home
Cover Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20

Cuff Quick Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Air Detectors — Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
CARD CAGE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
ADD Valve PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Centrifuge Distribution PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
CPU PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Main Program Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Safety PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Driver PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Backplane PCB and Card Cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
TOP DECK ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Top Deck. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Air Detectors – Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
A/C Air Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Blood Air Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Line Detector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Top Deck Distribution PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Weigher Arm Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Load Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Front Pinch Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Top Pinch Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
A/C Pump/Blood Pump/Recirc Pump Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
SPM/DPM Detector Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
CENTRIFUGE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Centrifuge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Quad Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Hydrophobic Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Cover Halves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Cover Switch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Cover Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Fluid Detector Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Optics Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
7-3
Home
TOP COVER ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30

Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Membrane Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Display Distribution PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Vacuum Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Membrane Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
POWER ENTRY MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Fuse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Centrifuge Motor Controller PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
PNEUMATIC MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
Pneumatic Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
VACUUM PUMP ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
Vacuum Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
A/C POLE HOLDER ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
A/C Pole Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
DRAIN TUBE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Drain Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Drip Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
PHOTOELECTRIC ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Photoelectric Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Air Tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Pinch Valve Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
7-4
Home
Chapter 7, Disassembly — MCS® Disassembly MCS®/MCS+ Service Manual
CAUTIONS
To avoid electrical shock, extreme caution should be exercised when working inside the
MCS®/MCS®+ cabinet. Avoid contact with AC power connections and any electrolytic
capacitors, particularly on printed circuit PCBs. Whenever possible, AC power should be
disconnected from the MCS®/MCS®+ before opening the cabinet.
STATIC DISCHARGE
The MCS®/MCS®+ uses static-sensitive electronics! Serious damage may occur to the unit’s
electronic systems if static discharge is not controlled! Internal components should only be
handled after proper precautions have been taken to prevent static discharge.
NOTES
To reassemble the MCS®/MCS®+, reverse the disassembly steps. In some cases, reassembly
notes have been added to direct your attention to any important steps.
For brevity’s sake, a procedure will often reference another procedure. For instance, the
instructions for the removal of the top deck prompt you to first remove the centrifuge. Locate
the centrifuge removal procedure for instructions on that particular step.
In most cases there is more than one way to remove a particular assembly. These instructions
provide the most logical approach to disassembling the MCS®/MCS®+. With experience, you
may develop a less methodical approach. You are encouraged to use whatever method best
suits your situation.
PART A: MCS® DISASSEMBLY

REAR PANEL ASSEMBLY
Rear Panel
Note: After removing the Phillips head screws from the bottom edge of the rear panel, pull away
the rear panel very carefully. Rough handling may cause damage to P407.
6. Remove the (3) Phillips head screws from the bottom edge of the rear panel.
7. Pull bottom edge 6” away from the cabinet, then pull the rear panel down and away from
the upper lip of the cabinet.
8. Unplug the fans at P407 on the centrifuge distribution PCB.
9. Disconnect the cuff pneumatic line at the quick disconnect.
10. Remove the ground wire from the ground lug on the rear panel.
Fan Assembly
1. Remove the rear panel.
2. Remove the (2) nuts for each fan to be removed.
3. If removing less than all four fans, cut the wires so that they can be reconnected by using
crimp style connectors.
7-5
Home
Cover Stops
2. Remove (2) Phillips head screws for each cover stop to be removed.
Cuff Quick Disconnect

2. Remove tubing from barbed end of quick disconnect fitting.
3. Remove the nut securing the quick disconnect to the rear panel.
4. Push connector out of panel from rear.
FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY

Front Panel
1. Tilt the cabinet back slightly, and remove the (3) Phillips head screws from the bottom edge
of the front panel.
2. Pull the front panel away from the cabinet, then pull the panel down and away from the
upper lip of the cabinet.
3. Disconnect the cuff pneumatic line from the rear panel, then pull the pneumatic line
through the cable clip.
4. Disconnect the ribbon cable P503/P703 at P503 on the backplane PCB.
Air Detectors — Front Panel

1. Remove the front panel.
2. Disconnect air detector from P701/P702 on the front distribution PCB.
3. Remove the (2) Phillips head screws from each air detector. Be aware of nylon spacers
between air detector mounting holes and front panel.
4. Firmly press the air detector head (from the front) through the panel. This is normally a very
tight fit; the detector may have been lubricated with silicone grease when assembled.
Note: Front Panel Air Detector Reassembly
a. Air detector connectors are keyed to ensure proper location, but the air detectors
themselves could accidentally be installed in the wrong location! The #1 donor air
detector at P701 is located in the upper panel location, and the #2 donor air detector
at P702 is located in the lower panel location.
b. When installing the air detector, be sure the gasket is in place in the panel, and lu-
bricate the inner diameter of the gasket with silicone lubricant to ease the installation
of the air detector head.
Compressor
2. Disconnect the compressor at P704 on the front panel distribution PCB.
3. Unclasp the compressor from the front panel mounting clip.
4. Disconnect the compressor from the pneumatic harness at any convenient junction.
7-6
Home
Note: The compressor has a pressure port and a vacuum port which may not be labeled. The vac-
uum port has tubing with a filter on it for drawing in air. The pressure port has tubing with
a filter, which is then connected to the pressure transducer and cuff pneumatic harness. If
the pneumatic lines are crossed, the compressor normally will only run for one second, then
stop.
Front Panel Distribution PCB

2. Disconnect P701, P702, P703, and P704 from the front panel distribution PCB.
3. Disconnect the ground wire from TS1.
4. Disconnect the compressor pneumatic line at the cuff pressure transducer.
5. Remove the (4) Phillips head screws at the front panel distribution PCB corners.
CARD CAGE ASSEMBLY

Card Cage
1. Remove the front and rear panels.
2. From the front cavity, disconnect P501, P502, P503, P504, P506, P507, and the TS1
ground from the backplane PCB.
3. Follow the directions for the centrifuge distribution PCB. The cage is ultimately removed
along with the backplane PCB.
Note: The (3) main PCBs use similar backplane connectors, but the orange keys prevent installing
the PCB in the wrong location.

Note: The centrifuge distribution PCB is the fourth PCB to the right, facing the rear of the machine.

2. Disconnect P402, P408, and P409 from the centrifuge distribution PCB, then unclasp the
PCB levers and partially slide the centrifuge distribution PCB out of the card cage.
3. From the rear cavity, disconnect P403, P404, P405, P406, P407, and the TS1 ground from
the centrifuge distribution PCB, then completely remove the centrifuge distribution PCB
from the card cage.
4. Removing the four Phillips head screws at the base of the machine. Remove the PCB
through the rear of the machine.
CPU PCB
Note: The CPU PCB is located in the first slot on the left, facing the rear of the machine.

2. Unclasp the PCB levers and unplug the processor PCB from the backplane PCB.
3. Slide the PCB out of the card cage.
7-7
Home
Main Program Assembly

1. Remove the processor PCB.
2. Using an antistatic IC removal tool for a 32 pin IC, gently pull the main program IC from
chip location U26. A future program upgrade may also utilize U23.
Safety PCB
2. Unclasp the PCB levers and unplug the safety PCB from the backplane PCB.
Driver PCB
2. Unclasp the PCB levers and unplug the driver PCB from the backplane PCB.
Backplane PCB
1. Remove the (7) large Phillips head screws securing the backplane PCB to the card cage
frame.
2. Remove the (4) Phillips head screws securing the card cage frame to the cabinet base (two
in front, two behind).
3. Move the frame toward the rear of the cabinet, and rotate the base of the backplane PCB
out the front cavity of the cabinet.
4. Slide the frame out the back cavity of the cabinet.
TOP DECK ASSEMBLY

Top Deck
2. Remove the centrifuge assembly.
3. Disconnect P504 from the backplane PCB and thread ribbon cable through rear panel.
4. Disconnect P501, P502, and P506 from the backplane PCB.
5. Disconnect the ground wire at the top deck ground bus that connects to the side panel
ground bus.
6. Remove the (4) 3/8” nuts that secure the top deck to the cabinet.
7. Firmly grasp the top deck and pull away from the cabinet.
7-8
Home
Air Detectors – Deck

Remove the front and rear panels.
A/C Air Detector

1. Disconnect P605 from the top deck distribution PCB.
2. Remove the right handle by removing the (2) Phillips head screws securing the inner and
outer panels.
3. Remove the (2) Phillips head screws securing the air detector to the top deck.
Blood Air Detector

Note: Top Deck Air Detector Reassembly
a. Apply a light film of silicone lubricant to the air detector gasket before attempting to
install the air detector.
b. If both top deck air detectors are removed, be sure to return them to the correct lo-
cations. The plugs are keyed, so use the descriptions on the top deck distribution PCB
for identification.
Line Detector
3. Remove the (2) Phillips head screws securing the line detector to the top deck.
Top Deck Distribution PCB

1. Remove the top deck.
2. Disconnect all electrical connections, including the ground, on the top deck distribution
PCB.
3. Remove the (6) Phillips head screws securing the top deck distribution PCB to the top deck.
Weigher Arm Assembly

1. Remove the (1) Phillips head screw securing the weigher arm to the load cell standoff. Do
not put excessive vertical force on the screw because damage to the load cell could occur.
This may prove to be difficult without opening the rear panel and securing the load cell
standoff while tightening the weigher arm screw.
2. Pull the arm off the load cell standoff.
Note: The weigher arm is connected to the load cell via a hexagonally shaped standoff and a clip
that holds the standoff in one of six positions. When securing the weigher arm to the stand-
off, be sure the weigher arm can be adjusted so that it is perpendicular to the cabinet in one
of the six positions. This may prove to be difficult without opening the rear panel and secur-
ing the load cell standoff while tightening the weigher arm screw.
7-9
Home
Load Cell
2. Disconnect P506 from the backplane PCB and thread the cable around the side of the card
cage.
4. Remove the weigher arm assembly.
5. Remove the (2) 7/32” nuts, washers, and compression springs securing the load cell to the
top deck.
Pinch Valves
2. Remove the (1) 11/16” nut securing the ground wire of the valve to be removed to the
ground lug.
3. Disconnect P608, P609, P610, or P611 from the top deck distribution PCB.
4. Remove the (2) 11/16” nuts securing the valve to the cabinet top deck.
5. Pull valve down through the top deck.
Note: Pinch Valve Reassembly
a. Lightly lubricate the inside surface of the pinch valve gasket with silicone lubricant.
b. Install the gasket into the cabinet with the ridged lip facing up.
c. Slide the pinch valve into the gasket and mount into place.
d. Wipe excess grease from the pinch valve.
e. Be sure to install the electrical connector in the proper location on the top deck dis-
tribution PCB.
A/C:Blood Pump Assembly

2. Disconnect P614 and P615, or P616 and P617, from the top deck distribution PCB.
3. Remove the (4) Phillips head screws securing the pump assembly to the top deck.
4. Partially pull the pump assembly out of the top deck, and remove the (1) Phillips head
screw securing the ground wire to the pump motor.
Rotor
1. Remove the (1) #10 hex screw securing the pump rotor to the pump shaft.
2. Pull the rotor out of the pump head.
Motor
1. Remove the pump assembly.
2. Remove the pump rotor assembly.
7-10
Home
3. Remove the (4) hex screws securing the pump head to the pump motor. (Mark the position
of the motor on the pump head. This is functionally unimportant but will keep the reas-
sembly process consistent.)
4. Gently twist the pump head and lift it from the motor.
Note: Do not attempt to disassemble the pump motor. Serious damage to the motor may result.
SPM/DPM Detector Assembly

Note: With a thin wall socket and a bit of experience, you may be able to remove these detectors
without removing the top deck.
1. Remove the blood pump before removing DPM.

2. Disconnect P603 or P604 from the top deck distribution PCB.
3. Remove the ground wire from the SPM/DPM detector assembly.
4. Remove the (2) nuts securing the SPM/DPM detector assembly to the top deck.
5. Pull the SPM/DPM detector assembly out of the top deck.
6. With or without first removing the SPM/DPM detector assembly from the top deck, remove
the (2) Phillips head screws securing the SPM/DPM detector PCB to the SPM/DPM detector
assembly.
7. Gently twist and pull the SPM/DPM detector PCB from the SPM/DPM pressure fitting.
8. We do not advise further disassembly of the SPM/DPM detector assembly.
CENTRIFUGE ASSEMBLY
Centrifuge
2. Remove the (4) #8 hex centrifuge mounting screws securing the centrifuge base to the cen-
trifuge mounting fluid drain assembly.
3. Disconnect the pneumatic quick disconnect by slightly twisting the halves and then pull
to separate.
4. Disconnect P404 and P406 from the centrifuge distribution PCB.
5. Disconnect the ground wire (by removing the Phillips head screw) leading to the ground
bus and harness from the centrifuge well.
6. Remove the (2) optic cables from the photoelectric assembly by unscrewing the (2) plastic
thumb screw fasteners.
7. Disconnect J3 from the centrifuge motor controller PCB.
8. Loosen the (2) Phillips head screws securing the strap to the rear plate.
9. From the fluid drainage bowl at the base of the centrifuge, disconnect the (1) 5/16” brass
hex screw that connects the tubing leading to the vacuum pump assembly.
10. Carefully lift the centrifuge up and away from the top deck of the cabinet.
7-11
Home
Note: Centrifuge Reassembly
a. The centrifuge must be centered in the top deck cavity to prevent contact of the cen-
trifuge with the cabinet during operation. If true centering cannot be achieved, ensure
that the centrifuge is at least 1/16” from the cabinet, measured at four points separat-
ed by 90 degrees.
b. The centrifuge location is adjusted by leaving the (4) centrifuge mounting screws
loose and manipulating the centrifuge on the centrifuge mounting fluid drain assem-
bly.
c. If the centrifuge location cannot be centered in step b, remove the centrifuge from
the cabinet, remove the waste bag mounting tray, and remove the (4) centrifuge
mounting fluid drain assembly mounting screws, located under the cabinet. Remove
the centrifuge mounting fluid drain assembly from the cabinet by breaking the RTV
or silicone lubricant seal.
d. Clean all dried RTV from the centrifuge mounting fluid drain assembly and the cab-
inet.
e. Smear a thin layer of silicone lubricant on the base of the centrifuge mounting fluid
drain assembly, ensuring that no lubricant will enter the mount or cabinet drain holes
when the mount is installed in the cabinet.
f. Install the centrifuge mounting fluid drain assembly, leaving the four mounting
screws loose.
g. Install the centrifuge on the centrifuge mount, leaving the four mounting screws
loose.
h. Adjust the centrifuge location, then tighten all eight screws and recheck location of
centrifuge.
i. Replace the waste bag mounting tray.
Quad Ring
1. Open the centrifuge cover halves.
2. Pry the quad ring out of the centrifuge base with a small screwdriver.
Hydrophobic Filter
2. Pry the white O-ring located in the center of the centrifuge base.
3. Using a sharp object, pry the white hydrophobic filter from the centrifuge base. The filter
will not be reusable once pried from the centrifuge.
4. Removal of the support screen is very difficult. Persistent prying will result in success.
Cover Halves
2. Remove the (1) #8 hex shoulder screw securing each cover half and pull the cover away
from the cover hinge.
3. The centrifuge cover halves are a matched pair. It is very important that the components
of each cover half are kept together if the cover halves are to be disassembled further.
Note: Centrifuge Cover Reassembly Notes
a. The hex shoulder screws are designed to be completely tightened and a nylon washer
is fitted to provide a moderate amount of rotational resistance for each cover half. In
some cases, tightening the shoulder screw completely may result in an immobile
7-12
Home
cover half, due to an oversized nylon washer. In either case, it is extremely important
that the shoulder screw is secured to the cover hinge with loctite. Otherwise, the
shoulder screw may loosen and cause the cover half to vibrate.
b. Also, since the cover halves are hinged, they must be aligned so they simultaneously
touch the cover latch when closed.
c. First mount one cover half completely, using Loctite.
d. Lower the cover half and slide it closed against the cover latch.
e. Position the second cover half (with the nylon washer installed) along the cover latch
and the cover hinge.
f. Carefully slide the cover halves open (they are now geared) while maintaining the
proper cover hinge position, then raise the cover halves.
g. Loctite and install the shoulder screw into the second cover half.
h. Test the position of the two cover halves when closed against the cover latch.
i. Instructions for using the centrifuge hinge bushing adjustment kit follow:
•Remove the two (2) headless shoulder screws at the centrifuge cover hinge area,
prime the screws, and set aside.
•Using shoulder screw P/N 13833-19, loosely fasten the centrifuge cover hinge on
the side near the line detector.
•Fasten opposite side of hinge using bushing press tool P/N 38067-02 and tighten
until the tool makes contact with the bronze bushing in the hinge. Tighten the shoul-
der screw. Turn the bushing press tool until the bushing just makes contact with the
surface of base hinge.
•Check to make sure there is no side-to-side end play between the cover hinge and
base hinge.
•Remove the bushing press tool and install one of the two previously removed head-
less shoulder screws using purple loctite.
•Remove the shoulder screw P/N 13833-19 and install the second of the two previ-
ously removed headless shoulder screws using purple loctite.
Cover Switch Assembly

1. Remove the centrifuge from the cabinet.
2. Remove the (2) #4 socket head screws or Phillips head screws securing the cover switch
assembly to the centrifuge well.
3. Pull the cover switch assembly away from the centrifuge well.
Note: Cover Switch Reassembly Notes
a. The cover switch assembly mounting position is a calibration step.

b. Set switch engagement of cover switch assembly to the bottom of the shaft so that
there is 3/8 to 5/8 clockwise turn of the centrifuge knob after both switches have been
disengaged.
c. Check the switches with an ohmmeter. Verify that both switches respond to the cover
Cover Latch
Note: The cover latch is not designed for disassembly. The knurled knob has a knob disk (cap) that
is permanently bonded to the knob. This cap must be removed to access a button head screw
that retains the knob on the lock shaft. These instructions are provided in case the lock shaft
breaks.
7-13
Home
1. Remove the knob disk. This can be accomplished by placing a thin flat screwdriver in the
gap between the knob disk and the knob and tapping on the back of the handle of the
screwdriver until the cap detaches from the knob.
Note: The knob disk is loctited to the knob, and it may be difficult to detach. Do not worry about
damaging these components as they are going to be replaced.

3. Remove the cover switch assembly from the centrifuge.
4. Remove the knob by unscrewing the retaining screw and unscrewing the knob from the
centrifuge lock shaft.
5. Twist the centrifuge shaft spacer counterclockwise using vice grips or locking pliers. As the
centrifuge shaft spacer is removed, the centrifuge lock shaft will drop out from the bottom
of the centrifuge cap assembly. Save the spring for reuse with replacement parts.
6. Place the compression spring on the replacement lock shaft and insert it into the centrifuge
cap assembly.
7. Prime and loctite the lock shaft threads at the base only, and then screw the centrifuge shaft
spacer (threads up) on the lock shaft until the spacer bottoms out. Be sure that no loctite is
touching the centrifuge cap assembly where the shaft and the spacer come into contact
with the centrifuge cap assembly.
8. Thread the large knurled centrifuge knob (flat side up) onto the lock shaft.
9. Install the o-ring into the channel of the centrifuge knob cap. Apply a light coating of vac-
uum grease or o-ring lubricant.
10. Apply a small amount of purple loctite onto the top of the lock shaft and thread the knob
cap onto the shaft. Tighten the cap down using a small set of needle-nose or snap-ring pli-
ers.
11. Close centrifuge cover halves to check the general operation of the assembly.
12. Apply a small amount of green loctite to the underside edge of the knob disk and set it
onto the knob cap. Wipe off any excess loctite.
13. Install the cover switch assembly and calibrate the switch position.
14. Install the centrifuge into the cabinet.
7-14
Home
Fluid Detector Assembly

1. Remove the (1) center Phillips head screw from the fluid detector assembly pcb.
2. Gently twist the fluid detector assembly out of the centrifuge well.
Optics Assembly
1. Remove the (1) Phillips head screw securing the ground to the optics assembly.
2. Remove the (4) 1/4” hex nuts securing the optic assembly to the centrifuge well and pull
off the (2) wedge shaped spacers.
3. Gently push the top of the optic assembly into the centrifuge well, and guide the optic pipe
through the cavity.
4. To remove the optic cable, firmly hold the optic assembly, and using a locking plier, grip
the brass threaded coupler and unscrew the optic cable from the optic assembly.
5. Very carefully, remove any debris in the optic assembly (cable) threaded hole. Any dried
primer/loctite could interfere with the transmission of light.
Note: When replacing optics assembly parts, the entire assembly and the optics cable should be
replaced as a set.
TOP COVER ASSEMBLY

Top Cover
2. Disconnect P504 from the backplane PCB.
3. Disconnect the display ground wire from the ground bus on the cabinet side.
4. Remove the (2) lower Phillips head screws securing the membrane panel ribbon cable to
the upper deck.
5. Remove the (2) #10 hex shoulder screws securing the top cover assembly to the top deck
while supporting the top cover assembly.
Membrane Panel Assembly

1. Remove the (2) Phillips head screws securing the fiberglass decorative panel to the top cov-
er assembly.
2. Remove the (3) Phillips head screws securing the membrane panel to the top cover assem-
bly.
3. Pull the base of the membrane panel down and away from the top cover assembly simul-
taneously to disengage the top panel catches from the catch plate.
4. Carefully pull the top of the membrane panel down to expose the inner wiring of the mem-
brane panel.
5. Disconnect the ribbon cable from the card cage assembly by following steps 1-4 of the top
cover assembly disassembly instructions or go to step 6.
6. Remove the (2) 1/4” nuts securing the ground from the ribbon cable to the top cover
mounting plate.
7. Remove the (2) 1/4” nuts securing the ribbon cable strain relief.
8. Disconnect P804 from the display distribution PCB.
7-15
Home
Display Distribution PCB

1. Remove the membrane panel assembly from the top cover assembly.
2. Disconnect P801 and P802 from the display distribution PCB.
3. Place the membrane panel on a flat level surface and remove the (4) Phillips head screws
securing the display distribution PCB to the top cover mounting plate. Note that there may
be (4) nylon washers located under the display distribution PCB that may otherwise go un-
noticed. The flat level surface will help to keep the washers localized.
4. Carefully pry the display distribution PCB up to disconnect it from the membrane panel at
P803.
Note: If the display distribution PCB was elevated by nylon washers, be sure to replace them be-
fore installing the display distribution PCB.
Vacuum Display
2. Disconnect CN1 and CN2 from the vacuum display.
securing the vacuum display to the top cover mounting plate. Note that there may be (4)
nylon washers located under the vacuum display that may otherwise go unnoticed. The
flat, level surface will help to keep the washers localized.
4. Carefully lift the vacuum display up and away from the top cover mounting plate.
Note: If the vacuum display was elevated by nylon washers, be sure to replace them before install-
ing the vacuum display.
Membrane Panel
1. Remove the membrane panel assembly from the top cover assembly, and remove the dis-
play distribution PCB from the top cover mounting plate.
2. Remove the (6) perimeter 1/4” nuts securing the top cover mounting plate to the top cover
panel fascia.
3. Remove the (1) 1/4” nut securing the membrane panel ground strap to the membrane panel
mounting lug and pull the ground strap off the lug.
4. Remove the (7) perimeter and (1) central 1/4” nuts, and the (1) 5/16” nut securing the mem-
brane panel to the top cover mounting plate.
5. Pull the top cover mounting plate away from the top cover panel fascia.
6. Remove the nylon spacer from the central membrane panel mounting lug.
7. Using considerable force, peel the membrane panel edges away from the top cover panel
fascia and push the membrane panel through the top cover panel fascia. The membrane
panel cannot be reused!
7-16
Home
POWER ENTRY MODULE

Line Conditioner
1. Remove back panel from machine.
2. Unplug the L (brown) and N (blue) AC power lines from the power supply.
Power Entry Module

2. Remove (2) 1/4” nuts on either side of the power entry module.
3. Disconnect left top (white or blue) and bottom (black or brown) AC power lines from the
power entry module and disconnect the ground lug from the ground bus on the cabinet.
Fuse
1. Pry above the power switch on the power entry module to open the fuse cover.
2. Pry out each fuse holder.
3. Replace with same size and rating fuse (5A 250V).
Note: When replacing fuse holders, be sure arrows on fuse holder and power entry module face
the same direction.
POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY

Power Supply
2. Disconnect P1, P2, and P3 from the centrifuge motor controller PCB.
3. Disconnect P405 from the centrifuge distribution PCB and thread the cable through the
cabinet to the photoelectric assembly.
5. Remove the (4) Phillips head screws securing the power supply cage access panel, and
remove the panel.
6. Unplug the L (brown) and N (blue) AC power lines from the power supply.
7. Disconnect the (1) 5/16” nut and ground from the power supply fan.
9. Remove the (2) Phillips head screws securing the power supply cage to the cabinet.
10. Pull the power supply cage out the rear cabinet cavity by lifting the rear edge and pulling
the front edge away from the plastic edge clips on the cabinet base.
11. Remove the (6) Phillips head screws securing the power supply top cage to the power
supply frame.
12. Disconnect P1 on the power supply. This is not an easy job. Take great care not to dis-
lodge any cables from the P1 connector.
7-17
Home
13. Remove the (4) Phillips head screws securing the power supply to the power supply
frame.
14. Lift the power supply away from the power supply frame. Do not remove the fan. It can-
not be replaced separately from the power supply.
Note: Power Supply Reassembly Notes
a. Be sure to apply the rubber grommet to the power supply power cable and slide the
grommet into the power supply top cage during assembly.
b. Partially insert the power supply cage into the cabinet from the rear cavity, and then
align the frame with the plastic edge clips from the front cavity.
c. It may be wise to attach the line filter to the cabinet before securing the power supply
cage to the cabinet base in case any nuts fall to the base.
d. Be sure to insert the AC wires from the line filter into the rubber grommet, and insert
the grommet into the power supply cage.

1. Remove front panel.
3. Remove the (4) Phillips head screws securing the centrifuge motor controller PCB to the
power supply cage.
PNEUMATIC MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY

Pneumatic Manifold
2. Disconnect P403 from the centrifuge distribution PCB.
3. Disconnect the pneumatic quick disconnect to the centrifuge.
4. Remove the (2) large Phillips head screws securing the pneumatic manifold to the cabinet.
5. Unscrew the (1) hex nut on the bottom left side the of pneumatic manifold to disconnect
tubing leading from assembly.
6. Remove the pneumatic manifold.
7. Remove the (2) Phillips head screws securing the vacuum switch to the pneumatic mani-
fold.
8. Remove the pneumatic tubing from the vacuum switch.
9. Unplug the (2) switch connections from the vacuum switch.
10. Remove the (2) solenoid wires from P403.
11. Unscrew the solenoid from the pneumatic manifold.
7-18
Home
VACUUM PUMP ASSEMBLY

Vacuum Pump
3. Remove the (2) Phillips head screws securing the vacuum pump mounting bracket to the
vacuum pump mounting plate. You may need to first remove the metal support plate.
4. Partially remove the vacuum pump from the cabinet, and simultaneously disconnect the
input and output pneumatic lines from the pump at the most convenient locations.
5. Remove the (2) flat head screws securing the cover opposite the motor to gain access to
the motor cam and piston rod.
6. Remove the (4) Phillips head screws securing the pump valve to the vacuum pump assem-
bly. (Recommend disassembling one side at a time for steps 6–9.)
7. Remove the valve cap to gain access to the valve flaps and o-ring seals.
8. Remove the (4) flat head screws securing the pump valve to the vacuum pump assembly.
9. Remove the (1) Phillips head screw securing the diaphragm to the piston rod.
A/C POLE HOLDER ASSEMBLY

A/C Pole Holder
2. Remove the (2) Phillips head screws securing the A/C pole holder assembly to the cabinet.
DRAIN TUBE ASSEMBLY

Drain Tube
1. Tilt the cabinet and remove the (4) Phillips head screws securing the spill bag plate to the
base of the cabinet.
2. Carefully cut the tubing from its mount.
3. Replace with new drain tube assembly.
PHOTOELECTRIC ASSEMBLY
3. Remove the (2) fiber-optic cables from the photoelectric assembly by unscrewing the (2)
plastic thumb screw fasteners.
4. Remove the (2) Phillips head screws securing the photoelectric assembly to the power sup-
ply cage.
7-19
Home
Chapter 7, Disassembly — MCS+ Disassembly MCS®/MCS+ Service Manual
PART B: MCS®+ DISASSEMBLY

REAR PANEL ASSEMBLY
Rear Panel
Note: Caution: After removing the Phillips head screws from the bottom edge of the rear panel,
pull away the rear panel very carefully. Rough handling may cause damage to P407.
1. Remove the (3) Phillips head screws from the bottom edge of the rear panel.
2. Pull bottom edge 6” away from the cabinet, then pull the rear panel down and away from
the upper lip of the cabinet.
3. Unplug the fans at P407 on the centrifuge distribution PCB.
4. Disconnect the cuff pneumatic line at the quick disconnect.
5. Remove the ground wire from the ground lug on the rear panel.
Fan Assembly
2. Remove the (2) nuts for each fan to be removed.
3. If removing less than all four fans, cut the wires so that they can be reconnected by using
crimp style connectors.
Cover Stops
2. Remove the (2) Phillips head screws for each cover stop to be removed.
Cuff Quick Disconnect

2. Remove tubing from quick disconnect.
3. Remove connector nut securing quick disconnect to rear panel.
4. Push quick disconnect out of panel from rear.
FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY

Front Panel
1. Tilt the cabinet back slightly, and remove the (3) Phillips head screws from the bottom edge
of the front panel.
2. Pull the front panel away from the cabinet, then pull the panel down and away from the
upper lip of the cabinet.
3. Disconnect air detector from P820 and P821, located on the front distribution (top deck)
PCB.
4. Remove the (1) Phillips head screw that attaches the ground wire to the front panel.
7-20
Home
Air Detectors — Front Panel

1. Remove the (2) Phillips head screws from each air detector. Be aware of nylon spacers
between air detector mounting holes and front panel.
2. Firmly press the air detector head (from the front) through the panel. This is normally a very
tight fit; the detector may have been lubricated with silicone grease when assembled.
Note: Front Panel Air Detector Reassembly
a. Air detector connectors are keyed to ensure proper location, but the air detectors
themselves could accidentally be installed in the wrong location! The #1 donor air
detector at P820 is located in the upper panel location, and the #2 donor air detector
at P821 is located in the lower panel location.
b. When installing the air detector, be sure the gasket is in place in the panel, and lu-
bricate the inner diameter of the gasket with silicone lubricant to ease the installation
of the air detector head.
CARD CAGE ASSEMBLY

ADD Valve PCB
2. Disconnect P10 and P9.
3. Disconnect valves from PCB.
4. Remove the (4) Phillips head screws.

Note: The centrifuge distribution PCB is the fourth PCB to the right (facing the rear of the ma-
chine).

2. Remove ADD Valve PCB.
3. Disconnect P403, P404, P405, and P406 from the centrifuge distribution PCB, then un-
clasp the PCB levers and partially slide the centrifuge distribution PCB out of the card cage.
4. Disconnect P402, P408, P409, and the ground wire from the centrifuge distribution PCB,
then completely remove the centrifuge distribution PCB from the card cage.
CPU PCB
Note: The CPU PCB is located in the first slot on the left (facing the rear of the machine).

2. Unclasp the PCB levers and unplug the CPU PCB from the backplane PCB.
7-21
Home
Main Program Assembly

1. Remove the processor PCB.
2. Using an antistatic IC removal tool for a 32 pin IC, gently pull the (2) main program ICs
from chip locations U23 and U26.
Safety PCB
2. Unclasp the PCB levers and unplug the safety PCB from the backplane PCB.
Driver PCB
1. Remove the rear panel
2. Unclasp the PCB levers and unplug the driver PCB from the backplane PCB.
Note: The CPU, safety, and driver PCBs use similar backplane connectors, but the orange keys pre-
vent installing a PCB in the wrong location.
Backplane PCB and Card Cage

1. Remove the front and rear panels and the ADD Valve PCB.
2. Remove the centrifuge distribution PCB, the CPU PCB, the safety PCB, and the driver PCB
from the card cage.
3. From the backplane PCB, disconnect P504, P506, and the ground wire.
4. Remove the (3) large Phillips head screws and the (4) standoffs securing the backplane PCB
to the card cage frame.
5. Remove the (4) Phillips head screws securing the card cage frame to the cabinet base (two
in front, two behind).
6. Gently slide the frame out the back cavity of the cabinet.
7. Disconnect P501, P502, P503, P507, and P521 from the backplane PCB.
8. Remove the backplane PCB.
TOP DECK ASSEMBLY

Top Deck
3. Disconnect P504 from the backplane PCB, and thread ribbon cable through rear panel.
4. Disconnect P501, P502, P506, and P521 from the backplane PCB.
5. Disconnect P6, P7, and P8 from the ADD Valve PCB.
6. Disconnect P801, P802, P827, P828, P829, P831, P836, P837, P838, P839, and the quick
disconnect leading from the vacuum pump assembly from the top deck distribution PCB.
7-22
Home
7. Disconnect the ground wire at the top deck ground bus that is connected to the side panel
ground bus.
8. Remove the (4) nuts that secure the top deck to the cabinet and the screw that secures the
top deck distribution PCB to cage power supply.
9. Firmly grasp the top deck and pull away from the cabinet.
Air Detectors – Deck

Remove the front and rear panels.
A/C Air Detector

Note: The A/C Detector may be more easily accessible after partially removing the A/C pump.

2. If necessary, remove the right handle by removing the (2) Phillips head screws securing the
inner and outer panels.
Blood Air Detector

Note: Top Deck Air Detector Reassembly
a. Apply a light film of silicone lubricant to the air detector gasket before attempting to
install the air detector.
b. If both top deck air detectors are removed, be sure to return them to the correct lo-
cations. The plugs are keyed, so use the descriptions on the top deck distribution PCB
for identification.
Line Detector
Note: Line detector may be more accessible after centrifuge is removed.
3. Remove the (2) Phillips head screws securing the line detector to the top deck.
Top Deck Distribution PCB

1. Remove the top deck.
2. Remove the ADD valve PCB.
3. Disconnect all electrical and pneumatic connections, including the ground, on the top
deck distribution PCB.
4. Remove the (6) Phillips head screws securing the top deck distribution PCB to the top deck.
7-23
Home
Weigher Arm Assembly

1. Remove the (1) Phillips head screw securing the weigher arm to the load cell standoff. Do
not put excessive vertical force on the screw because damage to the load cell could occur.
This may be difficult to do without opening the rear panel and securing the load cell stand-
off while turning the weigher arm screw.
2. Pull the weigher arm off the load cell standoff.
Note: The weigher arm is connected to the load cell via a hexagonally shaped standoff and a clip
that holds the standoff in one of six positions. When securing the weigher arm to the stand-
off, be sure the weigher arm can be adjusted so that it is perpendicular to the cabinet in one
of the six positions. This may be difficult to do without opening the rear panel and securing
the load cell standoff while tightening the weigher arm screw.
Load Cell
3. Remove the weigher arm assembly.
4. Disconnect P506 from the backplane PCB and thread the cable around the side of the card
cage.
5. Remove the (2) nuts, (2) washers, and (2) compression springs securing the load cell to the
top deck.
Front Pinch Valves

2. Disconnect P834, P835, P822, P833, or P832.
4. Disconnect the tube leading from the pinch valve to the top deck distribution PCB at any
convenient junction.
Top Pinch Valves

1. Remove the back panel.
2. Disconnect P823 or P824.
4. Disconnect the tube leading from the pinch valve to the top deck distribution PCB at any
convenient junction.
7-24
Home
Note: Pinch Valve Reassembly
a. Lightly lubricate the inside surface of the pinch valve gasket with silicone lubricant.
b. Install the gasket into the cabinet with the ridged lip facing up.
c. Slide the pinch valve into the gasket and mount into place.
d. Wipe excess grease from the pinch valve.
e. Be sure to install the electrical connector in the proper location on the top deck dis-
tribution PCB and maintain correct color coding regarding tubing and color-coded
caps.
A/C Pump/Blood Pump/Recirc Pump Assembly

2. Disconnect P807 and P812 (for the front blood pump), P810 and P813 (for the middle re-
circ pump), or P806 and P811 (for the back A/C pump) from the top deck distribution PCB.
3. Remove the (4) Phillips head screws securing the pump assembly to the top deck.
4. Partially pull the pump assembly out of the top deck and remove the (1) Phillips head screw
securing the ground wire to the pump motor.
Rotor
1. Remove the (1) hex screw securing the pump rotor to the pump shaft.
2. Pull the rotor out of the pump head.
Motor
1. Remove the pump assembly.
2. Remove the pump rotor assembly.
3. Remove the (4) hex screws securing the pump head to the pump motor. (Mark the position
of the motor on the pump head. This is functionally unimportant but will keep the reas-
sembly process consistent.)
4. Gently twist the pump head and lift it from the motor.
Note: Do not attempt to disassemble the pump motor. Serious damage to the motor may result.
SPM/DPM Detector Assembly

1. Remove the back panel. (It may be necessary to remove the top deck as well to make some
of the following disconnections.)
2. Disconnect P805 or P808 from the top deck distribution PCB.
3. Remove the ground wire from the SPM/DPM detector assembly.
4. Remove the (2) nuts securing the SPM/DPM detector assembly to the top deck.
5. Carefully remove the SPM/DPM detector.
6. Remove the (2) Phillips head screws securing the SPM/DPM detector PCB to the SPM/DPM
detector assembly.
7. Gently twist and pull the SPM/DPM detector PCB from the SPM/DPM pressure fitting.
Note: We do not advise further disassembly of the SPM/DPM detector assembly.
7-25
Home
CENTRIFUGE ASSEMBLY
Centrifuge
2. Remove the (4) hex centrifuge mounting screws securing the centrifuge base to the centri-
fuge mounting fluid drain assembly. You may have to remove the centrifuge distribution
PCB, vacuum pump, and front panel distribution PCB to get at the mounting screws.
3. Disconnect the pneumatic quick disconnect in the middle of the tube that runs from the
base of the centrifuge to the pneumatic manifold assembly by slightly twisting the halves
and then pulling to separate.
4. Disconnect P404 and P406 from the centrifuge distribution PCB and P3 from the centrifuge
motor controller PCB.
5. Disconnect the ground wire leading to the ground bus from the centrifuge well.
7. Loosen the (2) Phillips head screws, located behind the pneumatic manifold assembly, that
secure the bar that holds the metal strap enough so that the strap comes free.
8. From the fluid drainage bowl at the base of the centrifuge, disconnect the (1) 5/16” brass
hex screw that connects the tubing leading to the vacuum pump assembly.
9. Carefully lift the centrifuge up and away from the top deck of the cabinet.
You may also remove the centrifuge from the underside of the cabinet by following these
steps:
1. Remove the (4) Phillips screws connecting the drain bag holder to the bottom of the ma-
chine.
2. Loosen the (4) screws securing the centrifuge on the centrifuge mount and the (4) screws
holding the centrifuge mount to the cabinet base.
3. Disconnect the centrifuge motor cable from J3 of the centrifuge drive PCB.
4. Disconnect the tubing from the vacuum pump assembly at the centrifuge mount assembly.
5. Loosen and disconnect the optic cable ends of the optic cable from the photoelectric as-
sembly.
6. Loosen the two screws securing the braided ground strap in place.
7. Disconnect any ground wire still attached to the centrifuge.
8. Disconnect the centrifuge cover switch cable from P404 and the fluid sensor cable from
P406 on the centrifuge distribution PCB.
9. Disconnect the quick-connect tubing leading from the centrifuge to the vacuum manifold
assembly.
10. Carefully pull out centrifuge.
Note: Centrifuge Reassembly
a. The centrifuge must be centered in the top deck cavity to prevent contact of the cen-
trifuge with the cabinet during operation. If true centering cannot be achieved, en-
sure that the centrifuge is at least 1/16” from the cabinet, measured at four points
separated by 90 degrees. Using the centrifuge alignment fixture #ETC-5045, check
that the centrifuge is centered in the deck opening as follows: Place the narrow rim
7-26
Home
of the fixture under the centrifuge rim and against the centrifuge in three or four plac-
es. Move the centrifuge until all distances are equal.
b. The centrifuge location is adjusted by leaving the (4) centrifuge mounting screws
loose and manipulating the centrifuge on the centrifuge mounting fluid drain assem-
bly.
c. If the centrifuge location cannot be centered in step b, remove the centrifuge from
the cabinet, remove the waste bag mounting tray, and remove the (4) centrifuge
mounting fluid drain assembly mounting screws, located under the cabinet. Remove
the centrifuge mounting fluid drain assembly from the cabinet by breaking the RTV
seal.
d. Clean all dried RTV from the centrifuge mounting fluid drain assembly and the cab-
inet.
e. Smear a thin layer of RTV on the base of the centrifuge mounting fluid drain assem-
bly, ensuring that no RTV will enter the mount or cabinet drain holes when the mount
is installed in the cabinet.
f. Install the centrifuge mounting fluid drain assembly, leaving the (4) mounting screws
loose.
g. Install the centrifuge on the centrifuge mount, leaving the (4) mounting screws loose.
h. Adjust the centrifuge location, then tighten all eight screws and recheck location of
centrifuge.
i. Replace the waste bag mounting tray.
Quad Ring
2. Pry the quad ring out of the centrifuge base with a small screwdriver.
Hydrophobic Filter
2. Carefully pry out the spacer.
3. Pry out the white O-ring located in the center of the centrifuge base.
4. Using a sharp object, pry the white hydrophobic filter from the centrifuge base. The filter
will not be reusable once pried from the centrifuge.
5. Removal of the support screen is very difficult. Persistent prying will result in success.
Note: Hydrophobic Filter Reassembly Notes
a. Reinstall spacer.
Cover Halves
2. Remove the (1) hex shoulder screw that secures each cover half, and pull the cover away
from the cover hinge.
3. The centrifuge cover halves are a matched pair. It is very important that the components
of each cover half are kept together if the cover halves are to be disassembled further.
7-27
Home
Note: Centrifuge Cover Reassembly Notes
a. The hex shoulder screws are designed to be completely tightened, and a nylon wash-
er is fitted to provide a moderate amount of rotational resistance for each cover half.
In some cases, tightening the shoulder screw completely may result in an immobile
cover half, due to an oversized nylon washer. In either case, it is extremely important
that the shoulder screw is secured to the cover hinge with loctite. Otherwise, the
shoulder screw may loosen and cause the cover half to vibrate.
b. Also, since the cover halves are hinged, they must be aligned so that they simulta-
neously touch the cover latch when closed:
•First mount one cover half completely using loctite.
•Lower the cover half and slide it closed against the cover latch.
•Position the second cover half, with the nylon washer installed, along the cover
latch and the cover hinge.
•Carefully slide the cover halves open (they are now geared) while maintaining the
proper cover hinge position, then raise the cover halves.
•Loctite and install the shoulder screw into the second cover half.
•Test the position of the cover halves when closed against the cover latch.
c. Instructions for using the centrifuge hinge bushing adjustment kit follow:
•Remove the two (2) headless shoulder screws at the centrifuge cover hinge area,
prime the screws, and set aside.
•Using shoulder screw P/N 13833-19, loosely fasten the centrifuge cover hinge on
the side near the line detector.
•Fasten opposite side of hinge using bushing press tool P/N 38067-02 and tighten
until the tool makes contact with the bronze bushing in the hinge. Tighten the shoul-
der screw. Turn the bushing press tool until the bushing just makes contact with the
surface of base hinge. Turn the tool another 1/2 turn to ensure a firm press.
•Check to make sure there is no side-to-side end play between the cover hinge and
base hinge.
•Remove the bushing press tool and install one of the two previously removed head-
less shoulder screws using purple loctite.
•Remove the should screw P/N 13833-19 and install the second of the two previous-
ly removed headless shoulder screws using purple loctite.
Cover Switch Assembly

2. Remove the (2) screws securing the cover switch assembly to the centrifuge well.
3. Pull the cover switch assembly away from the centrifuge well.
Note: Cover Switch Reassembly Notes
a. The cover switch assembly mounting position is a calibration step.

b. Set switch engagement of cover switch assembly to the bottom of the shaft so that
there is 3/8 to 5/8 clockwise turn of the centrifuge knob after both switches have been
disengaged.
c. Check the switches with an ohmmeter. Verify that both switches respond to the cover
7-28
Home
Cover Latch
Note: The cover latch is not designed for disassembly. The knurled knob has a knob disk (cap) that
is permanently bonded to the knob. This cap must be removed to access a button head screw
that retains the knob on the lock shaft. These instructions are provided in case the lock shaft
breaks.
1. Remove the knob disk. This can be accomplished by placing a thin flat screwdriver in the
gap between the knob disk and the knob and tapping on the back of the handle of the
screwdriver until the cap detaches from the knob.
Note: The knob disk is loctited to the knob, and it may be difficult to detach. Do not worry about
damaging these components as they are going to be replaced.

3. Remove the cover switch assembly from the centrifuge.
4. Remove the knob by unscrewing the retaining screw and unscrewing the knob from the
centrifuge lock shaft.
5. Twist the centrifuge shaft spacer counterclockwise using vice grips or locking pliers. As the
centrifuge shaft spacer is removed, the centrifuge lock shaft will drop out from the bottom
of the centrifuge cap assembly. Save the spring for reuse with replacement parts.
6. Place the compression spring on the replacement lock shaft and insert it into the centrifuge
cap assembly.
7. Prime and loctite the lock shaft threads at the base only, and then screw the centrifuge shaft
spacer (threads up) on the lock shaft until the spacer bottoms out. Be sure that no loctite is
touching the centrifuge cap assembly where the shaft and the spacer come into contact
with the centrifuge cap assembly.
8. Thread the large knurled centrifuge knob (flat side up) onto the lock shaft.
9. Install the o-ring into the channel of the centrifuge knob cap. Apply a light coating of vac-
uum grease or o-ring lubricant.
10. Apply a small amount of purple loctite onto the top of the lock shaft and thread the knob
cap onto the shaft. Tighten the cap down using a small set of needle-nose or snap-ring pli-
ers.
11. Close centrifuge cover halves to check the general operation of the assembly.
12. Apply a small amount of green loctite to the underside edge of the knob disk and set it
onto the knob cap. Wipe off any excess loctite.
13. Install the cover switch assembly and calibrate the switch position.
14. Install the centrifuge into the cabinet.
Fluid Detector Assembly

1. Remove the (1) center Phillips head screw from the fluid detector assembly pcb.
2. Gently twist the fluid detector assembly out of the centrifuge well.
7-29
Home
Optics Assembly
1. Remove the (1) Phillips head screw securing the ground to the optics assembly.
2. Remove the (4) 1/4” hex nuts securing the optic assembly to the centrifuge well, and pull
off the (2) wedge shaped spacers.
3. Gently push the top of the optics assembly into the centrifuge well, and guide the optic
pipe through the cavity.
4. To remove the optic cable, firmly hold the optics assembly and, using a locking plier, grip
the brass threaded coupler and unscrew the optic cable from the optics assembly.
5. Very carefully, remove any debris in the optics assembly (cable) threaded hole. Any
amount of dried primer/loctite could interfere with the transmission of light.
Note: When replacing the optics assembly, the assembly itself and the optics cable should be re-
placed as a set.
TOP COVER ASSEMBLY

Top Cover
1. Remove the front and rear panels and the ADD Valve PCB.
3. Remove the (2) Phillips head screws securing the membrane panel ribbon cable to the up-
per deck.
4. Disconnect the display ground wire that leads from the membrane ribbon cable from the
ground bus on the cabinet side.
5. Remove the (2) hex shoulder screws securing the top cover assembly to the top deck while
supporting the top cover assembly.
6. Carefully pull top cover from cabinet.
Membrane Panel Assembly

1. Remove the (2) Phillips head screws securing the fiberglass panel to the inside bottom of
the top cover assembly.
2. Remove the (3) Phillips head screws securing the membrane panel to the top cover assem-
bly.
3. Pull the base of the membrane panel down and away from the top cover assembly simul-
taneously to disengage the top panel catches from the catch plate.
4. Carefully pull the top of the membrane panel down to expose the inner wiring of the mem-
brane panel.
5. Disconnect the ribbon cable from the card cage assembly by following steps 1–4 of the
top cover assembly disassembly instructions, or go to step 6.
6. Remove the (1) 1/4” nut securing the ground from the ribbon cable to the top cover mount-
ing plate.
7. Remove the (2) 1/4” nuts securing the ribbon cable strain relief bar.
8. Disconnect P804 from the display distribution PCB.
7-30
Home
Display Distribution PCB

2. Disconnect P801, P802, and P804 from the display distribution PCB.
securing the display distribution PCB to the top cover mounting plate. (There may be (4)
nylon washers located under the display distribution PCB. The flat, level surface will help
to keep the washers localized.)
4. Carefully pry the display distribution PCB up to disconnect the display distribution PCB
from the membrane panel at J803.
Note: If the display distribution PCB was elevated by nylon washers, be sure to replace them be-
fore installing the display distribution PCB.
Vacuum Display
2. Disconnect CN1 and CN2 from the vacuum display.
securing the vacuum display to the top cover mounting plate. (There may be (4) nylon
washers located under the vacuum display. The flat, level surface will help to keep the
washers localized.)
4. Carefully lift the vacuum display up and away from the top cover mounting plate.
Note: If the vacuum display was elevated by nylon washers, be sure to replace them before install-
ing the vacuum display.
Membrane Panel
1. Remove the membrane panel assembly from the top cover assembly, and remove the dis-
play distribution PCB from the top cover mounting plate.
2. Remove the (6) perimeter 1/4” nuts securing the top cover mounting plate to the top cover
panel fascia.
3. Remove the (1) 1/4” nut securing the membrane panel ground strap to the membrane panel
mounting lug and pull the ground strap off the lug.
4. Remove the (7) perimeter and (1) central 1/4” nuts and the (1) 5/16” nut securing the mem-
brane panel to the top cover mounting plate.
5. Pull the top cover mounting plate away from the top cover panel fascia.
6. Remove the nylon spacer from the central membrane panel mounting lug.
7. Using considerable force, peel the membrane panel edges away from the top cover panel
fascia and push the membrane panel through the top cover panel fascia. The membrane
panel cannot be reused!
7-31
Home
POWER ENTRY MODULE

Power Entry Module
2. Remove (2) 1/4” nuts on either side of the power entry module.
3. Disconnect left top (blue) and bottom (brown) AC power lines from the power entry mod-
ule and disconnect the ground lug from the ground bus on the cabinet.
Fuse
1. Pry above the power switch on the power entry module to open the fuse cover.
2. Pry out each fuse holder.
3. Replace with same size and rating fuse (5A 250V).
Note: When replacing fuse holders, be sure arrows on fuse holder and power entry module face
the same direction.
POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY

Power Supply
3. Disconnect P405 from the centrifuge distribution PCB, and thread the cable through the
cabinet to the photoelectric assembly.
4. Disconnect P10 from the ADD Valve PCB and P507 from the backplane PCB.
5. Disconnect P836, P837, P841, and the air tank quick disconnect from the top deck distri-
bution PCB.
6. Unplug the L (brown) and N (blue) AC power lines from the line side of the line condition-
er.
7. Remove the ground wire from grounding terminal on inside of the cabinet.
8. Remove (1) Phillips head screw securing the top deck distribution PCB to the power supply
assembly bracket.
9. Remove the (2) Phillips head screws securing the power supply cage to the cabinet.
10. Pull the power supply cage out the rear cabinet cavity by lifting the rear edge and pulling
the front edge away from the plastic edge clips on the cabinet base.
11. Remove the (4) Phillips head screws securing the top shelf to the power supply top cage.
12. Remove the (6) Phillips head screws securing the power supply top cage to the power
supply frame.
13. Disconnect P1 on the power supply. This is not an easy job. Take great care not to dis-
lodge any cables from the P1 connector.
14. Unplug the ground and the L (brown) and N (blue) AC power lines on the power supply
PCB.
7-32
Home
15. Remove the (4) Phillips head screws securing the power supply to power supply frame.
16. Lift the power supply away from the power supply frame. Do not remove the fan. It can-
not be replaced separately from the power supply.
Note: Power Supply Reassembly
a. Be sure to apply the rubber grommet to the power supply cable, and slide the grom-
met into the power supply top cage during assembly.
b. Partially insert the power supply cage into the cabinet from the rear cavity, and then
align the frame with the plastic edge clips from the front cavity.
c. It may be wise to attach the line filter to the cabinet before securing the power supply
cage to the cabinet base, in case any nuts fall to the base.
d. Be sure to insert the AC wires from the line filter into the rubber grommet, and insert
the grommet into the power supply cage.

1. Remove front panel.
3. Remove the (4) Phillips head screws securing the centrifuge motor controller PCB to the
power supply cage.
PNEUMATIC MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY

Pneumatic Manifold
3. Disconnect the pneumatic quick disconnect to the centrifuge.
4. Remove the (2) large Phillips head screws securing the pneumatic manifold to the cabinet.
5. Unscrew the (1) hex nut on the side the of pneumatic manifold to disconnect tubing lead-
ing from assembly.
6. Remove the pneumatic manifold.
7. Remove the (2) Phillips head screws securing the vacuum switch to the pneumatic mani-
fold.
8. Remove the pneumatic tubing from the vacuum switch.
9. Unplug the (2) switch connections from the vacuum switch.
10. Remove the (2) solenoid wires from P403.
11. Unscrew the solenoid from the pneumatic manifold.
VACUUM PUMP ASSEMBLY

Vacuum Pump
7-33
Home
3. Remove the (2) Phillips head screws securing the vacuum pump mounting bracket to the
vacuum pump mounting plate.
4. Partially remove the vacuum pump from the cabinet, and simultaneously disconnect the
input and output pneumatic lines from the pump at the most convenient locations. You
may need to first remove the mounting plate.
5. Remove the (2) flat head screws securing the cover opposite the motor to gain access to
the motor cam and piston rod.
6. Remove the (4) Phillips head screws securing the pump valve to the vacuum pump assem-
bly. (Recommend disassembling one side at a time for steps 6–9.)
7. Remove the valve cap to gain access to the valve flaps and O-ring seals.
8. Remove the (4) flat head screws securing the pump valve to the vacuum pump assembly.
9. Remove the (1) Phillips head screw securing the diaphragm to the piston rod.
A/C POLE HOLDER ASSEMBLY

A/C Pole Holder
2. Disconnect the P-style connector leading to the back of the A/C pole holder.
3. Remove the (2) Phillips head screws securing the A/C pole holder assembly to the cabinet.
DRAIN TUBE ASSEMBLY

Drain Tube
1. Tilt the cabinet and remove the (4) Phillips head screws securing the spill bag plate to the
base of the cabinet.
2. Carefully cut the tubing from its mount.
3. Replace with new drain tube assembly.
DRIP MONITOR
1. Remove rear panel.
2. Disconnect P831 from drip monitor assembly.
3. Remove the (2) hex nuts securing the drip monitor to the cabinet.
4. Gently pull the drip monitor assembly away from the cabinet.
PHOTOELECTRIC ASSEMBLY
3. Remove the (2) fiber-optic cables from the photoelectric assembly by unscrewing the (2)
plastic thumb screw fasteners.
7-34
Home
4. Remove the (2) Phillips head screws securing the photoelectric assembly to the power sup-
ply cage.
COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY
Note: You may need to remove A/C pump to access compressor connectors.
Compressor
1. Remove the back panel and the photoelectric assembly.
2. Disconnect the compressor at P837 on the front panel distribution PCB.
3. Unclasp the compressor from the front panel mounting clip.
4. Disconnect the compressor from the pneumatic harness at any convenient junction.
Note: The compressor has a pressure port and a vacuum port which may not be labeled. The vac-
uum port has tubing with a filter on it for drawing in air. The pressure port has tubing with
a filter, which is then connected to the pressure switch and cuff pneumatic harness. If the
pneumatic lines are crossed, the compressor normally will only run for one second, then
stop.
Air Tank
1. Remove the line filter assembly.
2. Remove the photoelectric assembly.
3. Remove the pinch valve compressor.
4. Remove the (2) Phillips head screws securing the tank to the power supply.
Pinch Valve Compressor

1. Disconnect P837 on the front panel distribution PCB.
2. Remove the (1) Phillips head screw on the pivot block.
3. Release the compressor from the clamp.
4. Disconnect black pneumatic tubing from the air tank.
7-35
Home
APPENDIX A
Repair Parts List
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-2
MCS — EXPLODED VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-3
MCS — CALL-OUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-4
MCS REPAIR PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-9
MCS+ — EXPLODED VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-12
MCS+ — CALL-OUTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-13
MCS+ REPAIR PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-18
Home
 +
Appendix A, Repair Parts List MCS /MCS Service Manual
GENERAL
This appendix is a reference for identifying repair parts available for the MCS/MCS+. Many
parts are identified by call-outs from illustrations, while all available parts are listed
at the end of each section.
For technical assistance or to schedule service, call Haemonetics Product Support at

1-800-537-2802 or 1-800-225-5242.
A-2
Home
 +
MCS — Exploded View Membrane Panel
Vacuum Display
Top Cover Decorative Panel
Control Panel Distribution PCB

Top Cover Assy.
Centrifuge Assy.
Line Sensor
Weigher Arm
Air Detector Grommet
A/C Air Detector

Weigher Load Cell
Pinch Valve Grommet
Pinch Valve Assy.

SPM/DPM Assy.
Front Panel Distribution PCB

Fan Assy.
Front Panel Distribution
Cable
Front Panel Assy.
Rear Panel Assy.
Tubing Guide
A/C Pole Holder Assy.
Compressor Assy.
Donor Line Air Detector #2
Donor Line Air Detector #1 Filter Guides
A-3
Home
 +
MCS — Call-outs
A-4
Home
 +
Cover Collar Lock
Cover Window
Cover Bowl Collar
Centrifuge Assy.
Fluid Sensor Assy.
Optics Assy.
Fiber-optic Cable
Cover Latch Knob
Cover Latch Shaft
Cover Switch Assy.
A-5
Home
 +
Card Cage
CPU PCB
Driver PCB
Safety PCB
Centrifuge Distribution
PCB
Backplane PCB
Drain Tube Assy.

Air Filter — large
Air Filter — small
A-6
Home
 +
Vacuum Pump Assy.
Power Supply Assy.
Power Supply
Photoelectric Assy.
Centrifuge Motor
Controller PCB
A-7
Home
 +
Pneumatic Manifold Assy.
In-line Air Filter
Manual Dump Valve

Electronic Dump
Valve
Vacuum Switch
Pump Assy.
Pump Tube Guide
Pump Rotor Assy.
Pump Motor Assy.
Pump Gasket
A-8
Home
 +
MCS REPAIR PARTS LIST

General
Cuff Assembly .......................................................................................................................... 18101-01
Operator’s Manual ................................................................................................................... 35349-00
Cabinet Final Assembly ....................................................................................................................... 35350-00

Top Deck Distribution Power Cable ......................................................................................... 35227-00
Top Deck Distribution Signal Cable.......................................................................................... 35228-00
Front Panel Distribution Cable.................................................................................................. 35226-00
Drain Bag ................................................................................................................................ 35643-00
Upper Pole ............................................................................................................................... 35113-00
Lower Pole Assembly ............................................................................................................... 35374-00
Drain Bag ............................................................................................................................... 35643-00
New I/V Pole ............................................................................................................................ 35895-00
Power Cord Assembly .............................................................................................................. 19417-00
Top Cover Assembly ....................................................................................................................... 35179-00

Top Cover Assembly................................................................................................................. 34891-02
Membrane Panel Assembly ...................................................................................................... 35314-00
Membrane Panel ......................................................................................................... 35359-00
Vacuum Display .......................................................................................................... 35311-00
Control Panel Distribution Card................................................................................... 35218-00
Display Power Cable ................................................................................................... 35233-00
Display Signal Cable ................................................................................................... 35232-00
Control Distribution Cable Assembly ........................................................................... 35231-00
Top Cover Decorative Panel ..................................................................................................... 35125-02
Centrifuge Assembly (complete) ........................................................................................................... 35293-00

Centrifuge Assembly (without optics, etc.) ................................................................................ 35292-00
Spacer ...................................................................................................................................... 36604-00
Quad Ring Seal ........................................................................................................... 35287-00
Teflon O-Ring.............................................................................................................. 35613-00
Support Screen ............................................................................................................ 35614-00
Barb/Fitting (90 Deg) ................................................................................................... 35249-00
Hydrophobic Filter ...................................................................................................... 35615-00
Chuck Adapter ......................................................................................................................... 36777-00
Fluid Sensor Assembly35294-00
Optics Assembly....................................................................................................................... 35183-00
Fiber-optic Cable ...................................................................................................................... 35191-00
Cap/Cover Assembly ................................................................................................................ 35299-00
Cover Switch Assembly ............................................................................................... 35347-00
Cover Window ............................................................................................................ 35274-00
Cover Collar Lock........................................................................................................ 19582-03
A-9
Home
 +
Cover Bowl Collar ....................................................................................................... 34135-00

Cover Latch Knob Repair Kit..................................................................................................... 38461-00
Cover Latch Knob ........................................................................................................ 36858-03
Cover Latch Shaft......................................................................................................... 38857-03
Cover Latch Knob Disk ................................................................................................ 16859-02
4-40 X 0.25 Button Head Screw ................................................................................69110-505
Installation Instructions ................................................................................................ 38401-00
Top Deck Assembly ....................................................................................................................... 35355-00

SPM/DPM Assembly ................................................................................................................. 35135-00
Pinch Valve Assembly .............................................................................................................. 35368-00
Weigher Load Cell Assembly .................................................................................................... 35385-00
Blood Line Air Detector ............................................................................................................ 35159-02
A/C Line Air Detector ............................................................................................................... 35159-01
Donor Light Assembly .............................................................................................................. 35327-00
Line Sensor Assembly ............................................................................................................... 35391-00
Top Deck Distribution PCB....................................................................................................... 35212-00
Weigher Arm ............................................................................................................................ 35348-00
Pump Assembly ....................................................................................................................... 35370-00
Pump Motor Assembly................................................................................................. 35367-00
Pump Rotor Assembly.................................................................................................. 36670-00
Pump Tube Guide ....................................................................................................... 35372-00
Screw/Rotor ................................................................................................................61210-908
Cabinet Sub Assembly

Power Entry Module Assembly ................................................................................................. 35358-00
A/C Pole Holder Assembly........................................................................................................ 35445-00
Dump Valve ............................................................................................................................. 35629-00
Photoelectric Assembly............................................................................................................. 35192-00
Expansion Chamber Assembly .................................................................................................. 37123-00
Vacuum Pump Assembly .......................................................................................................... 35357-00
Cover Bumper .......................................................................................................................... 35421-00
Air Filter — Large ..................................................................................................................... 17548-00
Air Filter — Small ..................................................................................................................... 18138-00
Bag Pin ..................................................................................................................................... 35123-02
Centrifuge Distribution Power Cable......................................................................................... 35229-00
Centrifuge Distribution Signal Cable ......................................................................................... 35230-00
Power Supply Assembly............................................................................................................ 35362-00
Power Supply .............................................................................................................. 18878-00
Centrifuge Motor Controller PCB ................................................................................. 36823-00
Split Grommet #1 ........................................................................................................ 35455-03
Split Grommet #2 ........................................................................................................ 35455-02
Power Supply Cable .................................................................................................... 35225-00
Pneumatic Manifold Assembly (dump valve & switch).............................................................. 35363-00
Vacuum Switch (no pins) ............................................................................................. 35620-00
A-10
Home
 +
In-line Air Filter ........................................................................................................... 17400-00

Filter Retainer Screw................................................................................................................. 18138-00
Card Cage Assembly ....................................................................................................................... 35354-00

CPU PCB ................................................................................................................................. 35197-00
Driver PCB ............................................................................................................................... 35200-00
Safety PCB ................................................................................................................................ 35203-00
Backplane PCB ......................................................................................................................... 35206-00
Centrifuge Distribution PCB...................................................................................................... 35215-00
Main Program........................................................................................................................... 35630-01
Front Panel Assembly ....................................................................................................................... 35333-00

Filter Guide .............................................................................................................................. 17541-02
Front Panel Distribution PCB .................................................................................................... 35209-00
Cuff Compressor Assembly ....................................................................................................... 35450-00
Donor Line Air Detector #1 ...................................................................................................... 35159-01
Donor Line Air Detector #2 ...................................................................................................... 35159-02
Rear Panel Assembly ....................................................................................................................... 35345-00

Fan Assembly ........................................................................................................................... 35830-00
A-11
Home
 +
MCS+ — Exploded View

Membrane Panel
Control Panel Distribution Card
Vacuum Display
Top Cover Assy.
Centrifuge Assy.
Weigher Arm
Line Sensor
SPM/DPM Assy.
Pinch Valve Grommet
Air Detector Grommet
Pinch Valve Assy.
A/C Air Detector
Weigher Load Cell
Fan Assy.
Rear Panel Assy. Front Panel Assy.
A/C Pole Holder

Assy. Tubing Guide
Donor Line Air Detector #1

Donor Line Air Detector #2 Filter Guides
A-12
Home
 +
MCS+ — Call-outs
A-13
Home
 +
Cover Collar Lock
Cover Window
Cover Bowl Collar
Centrifuge Assy.
Fluid Sensor Assy.
Optics Assy.
Fiber-optic Cable
Cover Latch Knob
Cover Latch Shaft
Cover Switch Assy.
A-14
Home
 +
Card Cage
CPU PCB
Driver PCB
Safety PCB
Centrifuge Distribution
PCB
Backplane PCB
Drain Tube Assy.
Air Filter — large
Air Filter — small
A-15
Home
 +
Vacuum Pump Assy.
Power Supply Assy. Optics Photoelectronic

Assy.
Power Supply
A-16
Home
 +
Pneumatic Manifold Assy.
In-line Air Filter
Vacuum Switch
Pump Assy.
Pump Tube Guide
Pump Rotor Assy.
Pump Motor Assy.
Pump Gasket
A-17
Home
 +
MCS+ REPAIR PARTS LIST

General
Cuff Assembly ........................................................................................................................... 18101-01
Operators Manual ..................................................................................................................... 35354-00
Tool Kit .................................................................................................................................... 36841-00
Top Deck Assembly ....................................................................................................................... 38190-00

SPM/DPM Assembly ................................................................................................................. 37049-00
Pinch Valve Assembly............................................................................................................... 38191-00
Pinch Valve Assembly............................................................................................................... 38192-00
Pinch Valve Grommet............................................................................................................... 35466-00
Load Cell Assembly................................................................................................................... 38189-00
BLAD ....................................................................................................................................... 35159-02
ACAD ..................................................................................................................................... 35159-01
Air Detector Grommet .............................................................................................................. 11383-05
Donor Light Assembly............................................................................................................... 35327-00
Line Sensor Assembly................................................................................................................ 38648-00
Calibration Plug ........................................................................................................... 13758-00
Line Sensor Gasket.................................................................................................................... 35381-00
Top Deck Distribution PCB ....................................................................................................... 38219-00
Weigher Arm Assembly............................................................................................................. 38506-00
Pump Assembly ....................................................................................................................... 37607-00
Motor Assembly ........................................................................................................... 35367-00
Rotor Assembly ............................................................................................................ 37606-00
Tube Guide.................................................................................................................. 36623-00
Pump Gasket............................................................................................................................. 36530-00
Cabinet Sub Assembly ....................................................................................................................... 38740-00

Power Entry Module Assembly.................................................................................................. 35358-00
Fuse, 5A, 110V ............................................................................................................ 19296-01
Fuse Holder, 220 V ................................................................................................................... 19642-00
Fuse, Fast Acting, 2.5A, 220V ................................................................................................... 19637-00
Dump Valve ............................................................................................................................. 35629-00
Optics Photoelectric Assembly.................................................................................................. 35192-00
Vacuum Pump Assembly .......................................................................................................... 35357-00
Expansion Chamber Assembly ..................................................................................... 37123-00
Cover Bumper .......................................................................................................................... 39298-00
Air Filter — Large...................................................................................................................... 17458-00
Air Filter — Small...................................................................................................................... 18138-00
Drain Tube Assembly................................................................................................................ 35634-00
Bag Pin ...... .............................................................................................................................35123-02
Centrifuge Distribution Power Cable ......................................................................................... 35229-00
Centrifuge Distribution Signal Cable ......................................................................................... 35230-00
Power Supply Assembly ............................................................................................................ 38729-00
A-18
Home
 +
Power Supply .............................................................................................................. 18878-00

Centrifuge Driver PCB ................................................................................................. 36823-00
Power Supply Cable .................................................................................................... 38174-00
Pneumatic Manifold Assembly ................................................................................................. 35363-00
Vacuum Switch ........................................................................................................... 35620-00
In-line Air Filter ........................................................................................................... 17400-00
Compressor Assembly .............................................................................................................. 35450-00
Air Tank Assembly.................................................................................................................... 38221-00
Card Cage Assembly ....................................................................................................................... 38227-00

CPU PCB.................................................................................................................................. 38421-00
Driver PCB ............................................................................................................................... 38557-00
Safety PCB ................................................................................................................................ 38420-00
Backplane PCB/Mother............................................................................................................. 36443-00
Add Valve PCB ......................................................................................................................... 38308-00
Centrifuge Distribution PCB...................................................................................................... 35215-00
Main Program........................................................................................................................... 38188-01
Main Program........................................................................................................................... 38188-02
Front Panel Assembly ....................................................................................................................... 38179-00

Filter Guide .............................................................................................................................. 17541-02
Tubing Guide ........................................................................................................................... 35449-00
DLAD #1 (Zevex) ..................................................................................................................... 35159-03
DLAD #2 (Introtec) ................................................................................................................... 35159-04
Rear Panel Assembly ....................................................................................................................... 38178-00

Fan Assembly ........................................................................................................................... 35830-00
Quick Disconnect .................................................................................................................... 14036-00
Cabinet Final Assembly ....................................................................................................................... 38210-00

Power Cord .............................................................................................................................. 19417-00
Kit, Gray Card Replacement ..................................................................................................... 38392-00
IV Pole Assembly...................................................................................................................... 36895-00
Top Deck Distribution Power Cable ......................................................................................... 35227-00
Top Deck Distribution Signal Cable.......................................................................................... 35228-00
Cable Assembly, Add Valve...................................................................................................... 38176-00
Drain Bag ............................................................................................................................... 35643-00
Drip Monitor ............................................................................................................................ 38289-00
Cable Assembly, Drip Monitor .................................................................................... 38310-00
Front Distribution Cable Assembly ........................................................................................... 35226-00
Top Cover Assembly ....................................................................................................................... 35179-00

Membrane Panel Assembly ...................................................................................................... 36393-00
Membrane Panel ......................................................................................................... 36359-00
Display Module ........................................................................................................... 36387-00
A-19
Home
 +
VAC Display Assembly ................................................................................................ 36176-00

Control Panel PCB ....................................................................................................... 35218-00
Display Power Cable.................................................................................................... 35233-00
Display Signal Cable .................................................................................................... 35232-00
Control Panel Distribution Cable.................................................................................. 35231-00
MCS+ Overlay ........................................................................................................... 38422-00
Centrifuge Assembly (complete)............................................................................................................ 35293-00

Centrifuge Assembly (without optics, etc.)................................................................................. 35292-00
Spacer ...................................................................................................................................... 36604-00
Quad Ring ................................................................................................................... 35287-00
Teflon 0-ring ................................................................................................................ 35613-00
Support Screen............................................................................................................. 35614-00
Barb Fitting/90 deg....................................................................................................... 36249-00
Hydrophobic Filter....................................................................................................... 35615-00
Fluid Sensor Assembly .............................................................................................................. 35294-00
Optics Assembly ....................................................................................................................... 35183-00
Optic Cable .............................................................................................................................. 35191-00
Cap/Cover Assembly ................................................................................................................. 35299-00
Cover Switch Assembly................................................................................................ 35347-00
Cover Window............................................................................................................. 35274-00
Cover Latch Knob Repair Kit ........................................................................................ 36577-00
Cover Latch Knob ........................................................................................... 35272-03
Cover Latch Shaft ............................................................................................ 35273-03
Cover Latch Knob Disk ................................................................................... 19581-02
4-40x0.25 Button Head Screw .......................................................................69110-504
Installation Instructions ................................................................................... 36578-00
Cover Collar Lock ........................................................................................................ 19582-03
Cover Bowl Collar........................................................................................................ 34135-00
A-20
APPENDIX B
Schematics
SCHEMATICS
35198 MCS® 7000 Driver Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
35213 MCS® Centrifuge Distribution Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-12
35359 Membrane Panel — MCS® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-13
35201 MCS®/MCS®+ Safety Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-18
35204 MCS® Backplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-30
35353 Pneumatic Schematic — MCS® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-31
35352 MCS® System Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-32
36963 MCS®+ Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-33
35207 Front Distribution Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-34
35210 Top Deck Distribution Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-35
36618 MCS® Valve Addition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-36
36555 3-Pump Driver Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-43
38479 Multi_CS Top Deck Distribution Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-57
35195 Processor Card — MCS® and MCS®+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-62
38172 Pneumatic Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-67
38731 System Schematic MCS®+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-68
36441 CSX Backplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-69
SCHEMATICS NOT AVAILABLE

1653 Mcs Mcs3pservic

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1653 Mcs Mcs3pservic

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

1653 Mcs Mcs3pservic

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HAEMONETICS

Chapter 2, Equipment Description

Chapter 3, Principles of Operation

Chapter 4, Preventive Maintenance

Chapter 5, Installation - MCS Only

Appendix A, Repair Parts List

Haemonetics Corporation Part Number 39811-00

Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17

Vacuum System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28

The MCS®/MCS®+ is a combination of two subsystems: a disposable set and an electro-

System Pressure Monitor Filter Primary Platelet Collection Bag

Latham Processing Bowl

Figure 2-2, Platelet (3-pump) and Platelet/Plasma (3-pump) Disposable Set

Figure 2-3, Fresh Frozen Plasma Disposable Set, L/N 792

Figure 2-4, Plasma Exchange Disposable Set

Figure 2-5, Mononuclear Cells Disposable Set

Bacterial Barrier Filter (Platelet Collection Sets Only)

Preattached, Ultra-thin-wall Needle

System Pressure Monitor (SPM) Luer Connector

Donor Pressure Monitor (DPM) Luer Connector

Extended Storage Platelet Bag

Biohazard Waste Bag

Donor Pressure Monitor

System Pressure Monitor

Figure 2-6, MCS® Hardware Components

Anticoagulant Air Detector

Donor Pressure Monitor Optical Line Sensor

Flow Control Pinch Valves

Figure 2-7, MCS®+ Hardware Components

Power Entry Module

Figure 2-8, Power Entry Module

AC Input Line Filter

Figure 2-9, Card Cage

Figure 2-10, Backplane

Figure 2-11, CPU Card

Figure 2-12, Driver Card

Add Valve PCB — MCS®+ only

Figure 2-13, Safety Card

Top Deck Distribution Board

Centrifuge Distribution PCB

Figure 2-14, Centrifuge Distribution PCB

Figure 2-15, Power Supply Assembly

Figure 2-16, Power Supply

Table 2-1: Voltage levels at P507

Output P507 Voltage Current

1 Pin 8/9 MCS®: + 5.2 + 0.1/– 0.0 MCS®: 3.0 A

2 Pin 10 + 15.0 ± 0.5 0.5 A

3 Pin 11 – 15.0 ± 0.5 0.5 A

4 Pin 12/13 + 28.0 + 1/– 0.2 3.0 A

5 Pin 14 + 47.0 to + 57.0 3.0 A

Figure 2-17, Control Panel

Donor Flow Indicators

Figure 2-18, Cuff Compressor

Both sleeve position circuits

DPM sleeve position circuit only

Anticoagulant Air Detector

Blood Line Air Detector

#1 Donor Line Air Detector

#2 Donor Line Air Detector

The presence of air is registered if any of the following conditions exist: